DE
Development Economics 发展经济学 · Nanjing University

Development Economics Workbench

A working study companion for Development Economics (发展经济学), built from the seven course decks (Chapters 1–7) and rearranged so the models come first. The decks are the Pearson slides for Todaro & Smith, Economic Development, annotated and updated by the course instructor — Chinese glosses, refreshed data, and his own exercises with answers.

Chapters 1–7 delivered · 348 slides Todaro & Smith, Economic Development Nine interactive models

How this workbench is organised

the same five blocks in every chapter
1 · Concept Map

How the chapter's ideas build on one another, drawn as a chain rather than a list. Where a theory is answering an earlier one, the arrow says so.

2 · Core Content

Explanatory prose with the instructor's own worked examples taken apart step by step, plus the data behind each table and figure.

3 · Formula Sheet

Every formula from the chapter in one place, with the meaning of each symbol. Prints on its own.

4 · Key Concepts

The vocabulary, defined in English with the instructor's own Chinese gloss where he supplied one.

5 · Self-Check

Graded multiple choice plus step-by-step calculation problems, including the instructor's own exercises verbatim with his published answers. Your score is stored in this browser and the dashboard below tracks it chapter by chapter, so a week before the exam you can see which chapter is still weak.

Model index

nine interactive figures · drag the sliders

Development economics is a subject argued in diagrams. Each model below is live: move the parameters and the curves, the steady state, and the areas recompute as you go. They sit inside their chapters, and this index jumps straight to them.

Harrod-Domar growth rate

The post-war savings-and-growth arithmetic, g = s/c, with the fixed-coefficient production function it rests on. Chapter 3.

Lewis two-sector model

Surplus labour in agriculture, a horizontal labour supply in industry, and the turning point where wages finally start to rise. Chapter 3.

Solow diagram

Saving, population growth and depreciation meet at the steady state — and the reason poorer countries grow faster on the way there. Chapter 3.

New HDI calculator

Why the 2010 reform swapped the arithmetic mean for a geometric one, and what that does to a country that is good at one thing and bad at another. Chapter 2.

Multiple equilibria

The S-shaped privately rational decision function against the 45° line. Equilibria are located numerically and classified by the slope of the curve at each crossing, so flattening the S really does remove one. Chapter 4.

The Big Push

Two techniques, one fixed cost, and a family of wage bill lines. The two break-even wages are computed from the parameters, so the coordination-failure band widens and narrows as you move them. Chapter 4.

Lorenz curve and Gini

A two-sector economy with a modern wage premium and a movable modern-sector share. The presets reproduce the three growth typologies: traditional enrichment, modern enrichment, and modern-sector enlargement, where the curves cross. Chapter 5.

The Malthusian trap

Population growth against income growth, with the intersections found numerically and the arrows drawn from the actual difference. Raise the income-growth ceiling and watch the trap disappear — the Figure 6.8 escape. Chapter 6.

Harris–Todaro migration

Two labour-demand curves in one box, a fixed urban wage, and the qq′ indifference locus. Set the minimum wage and watch the urban queue form; set it at the market-clearing wage and watch the queue disappear. Chapter 7.

Reading the callouts

four kinds of aside, four colours
📖 Beyond the slides

Material the slides leave hanging, and the source data behind each table. Where the instructor updated a figure past the printed textbook — several tables now carry 2022–2026 data — the workbench follows the slides, since that is what will be examined.

⚠️ Trap

Places where two ideas are easy to confuse, or where something on a slide is slightly off. The slides omit the Millennium Development Goal 3 target row, and elsewhere a worked example rounds a figure it should not; both are flagged where they occur rather than quietly fixed.

💬 Think

The instructor's own discussion questions, kept verbatim, with a worked answer below each.

Chapters

seven delivered so far

Progress dashboard

stored locally in this browser

How to use this before the exam

a suggested order
Start with the diagrams, not the prose

Chapter 3 carries most of the examinable machinery. Work the four models until you can predict what each slider does without touching it — what happens to the steady state when the saving rate rises, why the Lewis wage stays flat until the turning point, what s/c does when c falls. The prose is there to explain the diagrams, not the other way round.

Then the definitions, in both languages

The instructor marked the terms he cares about by writing the Chinese translation into the slide. Those glosses are reproduced here as the Chinese anchor on every key concept — if you can produce the English term from the Chinese one, and say why it matters, that is the concept question answered.

Then the instructor's own exercises

Chapter 3 ends with two exercises the instructor worked in class — a Harrod-Domar calculation and a full Lewis two-sector construction — with his published answers. Both are reproduced verbatim in the self-check block, answers included.

Chapter 1

Introducing Economic Development: A Global Perspective

Todaro & Smith, Economic Development, Ch. 1 Source: Chapter1.pptx — 22 slides Instructor's Chinese glosses retained

Chapter 1 does three things. It shows you what poverty actually looks like from the inside rather than as a number; it locates development economics as a field — what it shares with neoclassical economics and political economy, and where it breaks away; and it argues that "development" is not the same thing as "income per head", which is the argument the rest of the course is built on. The last section sets out the international goals that framed the field from 2000 to 2015.

The examinable core is section 1.3: Sen's capability approach, and the three core values of development. Both carry a Chinese gloss the instructor wrote into the slide himself — 可行能力 and 奴役 — and those are the terms he expects you to be able to produce.

1

Concept Map

how the chapter builds
What is development? The question the whole course answers. Chapter 1 gives the first answer — income — and then rejects it as incomplete.
first, look at what poverty actually is
1.1 How the other half live Six testimonies. Poverty is not just low income — it is hunger, shame, powerlessness, and vulnerability at once.
Poverty is multidimensional So development must be too. This is the premise everything else rests on.
then, where does the field sit?
1.2 Economics and development studies Neoclassical economics · political economy · development economics. Three scopes, not three opinions.
Development is not value-free Imperfect markets, structural change, multiple equilibria. And normative choices are unavoidable.
which forces the central question
Traditional measure Development = growth in GNI per capita. Income as the driver of utility.
Sen's capability approach 可行能力 Development = expansion of capabilities and substantive freedoms. Functionings vs capabilities.
which yields three criteria and three objectives
Three core values Sustenance · Self-esteem · Freedom from servitude 奴役
Three objectives Life-sustaining goods · higher living levels · wider economic and social choices
Women at the centre Empowerment is both a goal and a driver of development.
and finally, the international agenda
1.4 MDGs (2000–2015) Eight goals. Replaced in 2015 by the 17 SDGs of the 2030 Agenda.
Where this goes next Chapter 2 asks how to measure all this; Chapter 3 asks what makes it grow.
2

1.1 How the Other Half Live

slides 2–8 · Todaro 13e §1.2

The chapter opens not with a definition but with six testimonies. They are worth reading closely, because the definition of development the chapter eventually gives is assembled out of exactly the things they mention.

A poor woman, Uganda
"When one is poor, she has no say in public, she feels inferior. She has no food, so there is famine in her house; no clothing, and no progress in her family."
A blind woman, Tiraspol, Moldova
"For a poor person everything is terrible — illness, humiliation, shame. We are cripples; we are afraid of everything; we depend on everyone. No one needs us. We are like garbage that everyone wants to get rid of."
Discussion group, rural Ethiopia
"Life in the area is so precarious that the youth and every able person have to migrate to the towns or join the army at the war front in order to escape the hazards of hunger escalating over here."
Mbwadzulu Village, Mangochi, Malawi
"We have to line up for hours before it is our turn to draw water."
Discussion group, Brazil
"[Poverty is] … low salaries and lack of jobs. And it's also not having medicine, food, and clothes."
A poor man, Kenya
"Don't ask me what poverty is because you have met it outside my house. Look at the house and count the number of holes. Look at the utensils and the clothes I am wearing. Look at everything and write what you see. What you see is poverty."

Read together, the six say something a single income statistic cannot. The Ugandan woman is describing the loss of voice before she gets to the loss of food. The Moldovan woman is describing shame. The Ethiopian is describing vulnerability. Only the Brazilian mentions income directly, and even there it is bundled with medicine and clothing. The slide draws the conclusion in one line:

Poverty is more than a lack of income — it is inherently multidimensional, as is economic development.

That single sentence is the chapter's thesis. If poverty has several dimensions, then a development policy that raises income while leaving the other dimensions untouched has not, by this definition, succeeded.

📖 Beyond the slides

The slide shows a map of China's urban per capita disposable income in 2022, set against a scale running from Vietnam and Brazil up through Russia, China, Hungary and on to the Czech Republic and Taiwan (China) — the point being that China's national figure conceals provinces sitting at very different rungs of that scale. The instructor then shows four county-level photographs from his own undergraduate fieldwork — Mulei (Xinjiang, 2006), Yan'an (Shaanxi, 2005), Nayong (Guizhou, 2007) and Hulin (Heilongjiang, 2007) — which is the same argument at the scale of a single country: the national average is not a description of anyone's actual life.

3

1.2 Economics and Development Studies

slides 9–12 · Todaro 13e §1.4

Three scopes, not three opinions

Development economics is not a political stance within economics; it is a different scope. The slide sets it beside two neighbours, and the comparison is examinable as a comparison.

ApproachWhat it studiesIts working assumptions
Traditional neoclassical economics Efficient allocation of scarce resources; optimal growth over time Perfect markets and a single equilibrium
Political economy How social groups and elites shape resource allocation and distribution Focus on power and conflict
Development economics Structural transformation of low-income economies, and broad-based improvement in human well-being Broader scope — includes the two above and asks about institutions

Key features of developing economies

These four features are the reason the neoclassical apparatus cannot simply be transplanted. Each one is a textbook assumption being switched off.

Highly imperfect markets
Imperfect competition, and limited information — against the perfect-markets assumption.
Large-scale structural change
Whole sectors shift (agriculture → industry → services), so the economy is not a fixed structure being optimised.
Multiple equilibria
Rather than one single equilibrium. The same endowments can support very different outcomes — which is why history and policy matter.
Persistent disequilibrium
And institutional rigidities. The economy is not reliably pulled back to balance.

The slide's summary line: development economics studies the economic, social, and institutional mechanisms that raise living standards at scale.

The important role of values

Development is not value-free — judgements of "improvement" are inherently normative. Policy involves trade-offs between efficiency, equity, growth, stability and sustainability, and the slide is explicit that the focus on poverty and freedom rests on normative commitments to dignity and justice. This is not a disclaimer; it is a claim that the subject matter cannot be described without choosing what counts as better.

Economies as social systems

Four claims, each of which rules out a purely economic answer:

  • Economies are embedded in institutions, culture, history, and politics.
  • Development policy depends as much on institutional variables as on capital and labour.
  • Policies that work in rich countries often fail in developing contexts.
  • A holistic, interdisciplinary approach is therefore required.
4

1.3 What Do We Mean by Development?

slides 13–17 · Todaro 13e §1.5–1.6 · the examinable core

The traditional economic measure

National development = growth in GNI or income per capita, with income as the main driver of utility. Chapter 2 will show you how this is measured and why the measurement is harder than it looks. The point here is narrower: this is the definition the rest of section 1.3 is arguing against.

The new view: Sen's capability approach 可行能力

Amartya Sen's reformulation replaces income with freedom as the thing to be maximised. Development is the expansion of human capabilities and substantive freedoms. Four terms carry the whole argument:

Functionings
Actual achievements — the "beings and doings" a person really manages. What you actually are and actually do, as opposed to what you could be and could do.
Capabilities
The real freedom to achieve alternative functionings. The set of lives you could actually choose between.
Well-being
Being well plus freedoms of choice. Both halves are required: a well-fed prisoner is not doing well in this framework.
Substantive freedoms
Freedom that is actually available given your circumstances — not freedom on paper.
⚠️ Trap

The distinction examiners reach for is functionings vs capabilities: functionings are what you actually achieve, capabilities are what you could achieve. A person who has plenty to eat has the functioning of being well-nourished; a person who has plenty to eat but lacks access to it has neither. A person fasting by choice has the functioning available as a capability but is not exercising it — and Sen's point is that these two cases are not equivalent, even though both are hungry. Income alone cannot tell them apart.

Some key capabilities

The slide splits them into "beings" (states of existence) and "doings". Each list is a checklist rather than a hierarchy.

Beings — states of existenceDoings — activities
Being able to live a long and healthy lifeBeing mobile and able to travel freely
Being well-nourished and adequately clothedBeing able to take part in the life of the community
Being literate and knowledgeableWorking and earning a livelihood
Have self-respect and dignity 尊严 Making autonomous 自主的 life choices
⚠️ Trap

The slide prints the second column as "Doings (states of existence)", repeating the first column's parenthetical. That is a slip in the deck — doings are activities, not states of existence, and the distinction between the two columns is precisely the point. The table above has been corrected; the slide's wording has not been silently followed.

The three core values of development

This is the most examinable list in the chapter. Three values, each with a short definition and a stated goal.

1 · Sustenance
The ability to meet basic needs — food, shelter, health, protection. Its goal is to end absolute poverty.
2 · Self-esteem 尊严
A sense of worth and dignity; recognition as an autonomous person. To be a person rather than a recipient.
3 · Freedom from servitude 奴役
Expanded real choices; liberation from dependency and oppression.
💬 Think

Notice that only the first of the three is a material condition. A country that eliminated absolute poverty but left its people without voice, dignity or independence would, on this slide's own terms, not yet be developed. That is a strong claim, and it is worth being able to defend it.

Income and happiness: Figure 1.2

The slide plots happiness (vertical) against income per head in US$ per year (horizontal, running to about $35,000), one dot per country, using Layard's data. Three numbered conclusions are printed on it:

1 · Diminishing returns of income
Income lifts happiness strongly at low levels; gains flatten above roughly $20,000 per capita.
2 · Income is not the only driver
Large happiness gaps exist across countries at similar income levels.
3 · Development ≠ just GDP growth
Well-being depends on more than income alone.

The scatter is a steep rise at low income and a near-flat cloud at high income. Ukraine sits at the bottom of the vertical scale, in the low 30s; the high-happiness cluster (roughly 80–100) contains countries spread across a very wide income range, which is the second conclusion made visible — the same happiness level is reached at $10,000 and at $35,000.

The central role of women

Women's empowerment is both a core goal and a key driver of development — it improves child health, education, and long-run human capital. The slide states it as a two-way relationship, and the distinction matters: even if you cared nothing about equity between men and women, the growth evidence would still make female education one of the highest-return investments available.

The three objectives of development

  1. Increase the availability of life-sustaining goods Food, shelter, health, protection
  2. Raise overall levels of living Higher incomes, more jobs, better education, greater attention to cultural and human values
  3. Expand the range of economic and social choices By freeing people from servitude and dependence

These three objectives are the three core values restated in operational form — the same three ideas, said once as values and once as aims.

📖 Beyond the slides

The theory in this section is easier to hold onto with an example, and the textbook supplies the best one in Case Study 1: Pakistan and Bangladesh. The two were a single country until 1971, and the comparison isolates one variable — they share language, religion, colonial history and much else — while their development paths diverged sharply.

Pakistan is still the richer country. On PPP-adjusted estimates its average income was $5,311 in 2017 against $3,677 in Bangladesh. That is the income story, and it has not reversed.

But the human development story ran the other way. In 1970, on the eve of independence, life expectancy in Pakistan was 54 years and in Bangladesh only 44. By 2012 the positions had reversed: 69 in Bangladesh against 65 in Pakistan. Under-5 mortality tells the same story from the other end — Bangladesh started far worse (239 per 1,000 in 1970 against Pakistan's 180) and then fell faster, reaching 139 against 122 by 1990 and continuing to converge.

The growth figures then follow: over 2000–2017 Pakistan's GDP grew about 5.1% a year but with population growth of 2.1%, giving roughly 3% per head. Bangladesh grew about 6% with population growth of only 1.3%, giving about 4.7% per head — and overtaking Pakistan on income per person as well.

💬 Think

This is Chapter 1's whole argument in one pair of countries. If development meant income, the ranking would be settled and Pakistan would win. On Sen's account — and on the evidence of life expectancy and child survival — Bangladesh has been the more successful developer of the two, and the income ranking is now moving to follow the capability gains rather than the other way round.

It also makes concrete what the textbook says about why. Bangladesh's agricultural development proceeded faster and its benefits were less unequally distributed; Pakistan's was held back by social constraints, with the landlord elite capturing the gains from irrigation and the Green Revolution. Same soil, same crop technology, different distribution of power — which is the "institutions and social systems" point from §1.2 showing up as an outcome.

5

1.4 The Millennium Development Goals

slides 18–21 · Todaro 13e §1.7

Eight goals adopted by the United Nations in 2000, with a 2015 deadline. They are worth knowing as a list, because the SDGs that replaced them are an extension of the same structure.

GoalMillennium Development Goal
1Eradicate extreme poverty and hunger
2Achieve universal primary education
3Promote gender equality and empower women
4Reduce child mortality
5Improve maternal health
6Combat HIV/AIDS, malaria, and other diseases
7Ensure environmental sustainability
8Develop a global partnership for development

Table 1.1 — the goals and their targets

The full table runs to two slides. The targets are the measurable half of each goal:

GoalTargets
1 · Extreme poverty and hunger Reduce by half the proportion of people living on less than $1 a day · Reduce by half the proportion of people who suffer from hunger
2 · Universal primary education Ensure that all boys and girls complete a full course of primary schooling
3 · Gender equality No target printed on the slide — see the note below.
4 · Child mortality Reduce by two-thirds the mortality rate among children under 5
5 · Maternal health Reduce by three-quarters the maternal mortality ratio
6 · HIV/AIDS, malaria, other diseases Halt and begin to reverse the spread of HIV/AIDS · Halt and begin to reverse the incidence of malaria and other major diseases
7 · Environmental sustainability Integrate the principles of sustainable development into country policies and programmes and reverse the loss of environmental resources · Reduce by half the proportion of people without sustainable access to safe drinking water · Achieve significant improvement in the lives of at least 100 million slum dwellers by 2020
8 · Global partnership An open, rule-based, predictable, non-discriminatory trading and financial system · Address the special needs of the least developed countries (tariff- and quota-free access, debt relief for HIPCs, more generous ODA) · Address the special needs of landlocked countries and small island developing states · Deal comprehensively with developing-country debt · Decent and productive work for youth · Access to affordable essential drugs · Make available the benefits of new technologies, especially information and communications
⚠️ Trap

Goal 3 has no target row on the slide. The printed textbook table carries one — "Eliminate gender disparity in primary and secondary education, preferably by 2005, and in all levels of education no later than 2015" — and the slide's target count is one short of the textbook's, which is how you can tell the row was dropped rather than renumbered. It is flagged here rather than filled in silently, because the omission is visible in the deck you are revising from.

From the MDGs to the SDGs

The MDG era ended in 2015. In September of that year UN leaders adopted the 2030 Agenda, launching 17 Sustainable Development Goals to be achieved over the following fifteen years. The SDGs are broader than the MDGs — they apply to all countries rather than only to developing ones, and they add goals on inequality, energy, cities, and climate that the MDGs never covered.

⚠️ Trap

The instructor's update slide carries a number worth remembering: according to the 2025 Sustainable Development Goals Report, only about 35–36% of the targets are progressing well or making moderate progress. The figure is on the slide because it is the honest counterpoint to the 2015 launch language — the goals were adopted, but the scorecard at the ten-year mark is not flattering.

Conclusions

The chapter closes on three points: the importance of development economics; the inclusion of non-economic variables in designing development strategies; and the effort to achieve the MDGs. The slide's closing quotation is "…One future — or none at all." The instructor also assigned the documentary Why Poverty?, Episode 1: Poor Us, which is the same argument as section 1.1 in film form.

6

Formula Sheet

print-friendly

Chapter 1 is almost entirely conceptual, so there is little arithmetic. What follows is the small amount of notation the chapter does define, plus the definitions in the form you would want to write them in an exam.

Traditional measure of development
National development = growth in GNI per capita
Income as the main driver of utility. The definition section 1.3 rejects as incomplete — not as wrong.
Capability approach
Development = expansion of capabilities and substantive freedoms
Capabilities are the freedoms; functionings are the achievements.
Well-being
Well-being = being well + freedom of choice
Both terms required. A well-nourished person with no choices does not satisfy this definition.
The three core values
Sustenance · Self-esteem · Freedom from servitude
Each with a stated goal: end absolute poverty · recognition as a person · expanded real choices.
The three objectives
Life-sustaining goods · living levels · economic and social choices
The three values restated as operational aims.
The international framework
8 MDGs (2000–2015) → 17 SDGs (2015–2030)
2025 SDG Report: only ~35–36% of targets on track.
7

Key Concepts

21 terms · 8 from the textbook

Terms carrying a 中文 anchor are the ones the instructor wrote a Chinese gloss for on the slide — he does that on the terms he treats as examinable, so those are the priority. Definitions marked Todaro are quoted or closely paraphrased from the margin definitions in the 13th edition, so the wording matches what you would be marked against.

Development economics
The study of the economic, social and institutional mechanisms that raise living standards at scale in low-income economies. Distinguished from neoclassical economics by its assumptions — imperfect markets, structural change, multiple equilibria — and from political economy by including both.
Capability approach 可行能力
Sen's reformulation: development is the expansion of human capabilities and substantive freedoms, not the growth of income. The approach behind the Human Development Index in Chapter 2.
Functionings
Actual achievements — the "beings and doings" a person really attains. Contrast with capabilities, which are what they could attain.
Capabilities
The real freedom to achieve alternative functionings — the set of lives actually available to choose between. Real, not formal: a right you cannot exercise is not a capability.
Substantive freedom
Freedom that is genuinely available given a person's circumstances. The term "substantive" is doing work — it excludes freedoms that exist only on paper.
Sustenance
The first core value: the ability to meet basic needs — food, shelter, health, protection. Its stated goal is to end absolute poverty.
Self-esteem 尊严
The second core value: a sense of worth and dignity, and recognition as an autonomous person rather than as a recipient of assistance.
Freedom from servitude 奴役
The third core value: expanded real choices, and liberation from dependency and oppression. Note that it is freedom from servitude, not simply freedom — the emphasis is on the removal of subordination.
Absolute poverty
Poverty defined against a fixed threshold of subsistence, rather than against the distribution around you. Sustenance's goal is to end it; Chapter 2 puts numbers on it.
Multidimensional poverty
The chapter's opening thesis: poverty is more than low income — it includes hunger, shame, powerlessness, vulnerability and lack of voice at the same time. Chapter 2's HDI is one attempt to measure this.
Political economy
The study of how social groups and elites shape resource allocation and distribution. Focused on power and conflict rather than on efficiency.
Millennium Development Goals (MDGs)
Eight goals adopted by the UN in 2000 with a 2015 deadline, from halving extreme poverty to a global partnership for development. Replaced by the 17 SDGs of the 2030 Agenda.
Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)
The 17 goals adopted in September 2015 under the 2030 Agenda, applying to all countries rather than only developing ones. The 2025 report puts only about 35–36% of targets on track.
Normative vs positive in development
The slide's claim that development is not value-free: calling something "improvement" already commits you to a view of what is better. Policy trade-offs between efficiency, equity, growth, stability and sustainability are choices, not calculations.
Development Todaro
The process of improving the quality of all human lives and capabilities by raising people's levels of living, self-esteem, and freedom. The textbook's own one-sentence definition — and note that it names all three core values.
Development economics Todaro
The study of how economies are transformed from stagnation to growth and from low-income to high-income status, and overcome problems of extreme poverty. Narrower than the slide's version — it puts the transformation at the centre.
Subsistence economy Todaro
An economy in which production is mainly for personal consumption and the standard of living yields little more than the basic necessities of life — food, shelter, and clothing. The starting point of the growth process, and the setting Lewis's agricultural sector describes.
Institutions Todaro
Constitutions, laws, regulations, social norms, rules of conduct, and generally accepted ways of doing things. Following Douglass North, economic institutions are "humanly devised" constraints that shape human interaction — both the informal and the formal "rules of the game" of economic life. The single most important term in the textbook that the deck never defines.
Social system Todaro
The organisational and institutional structure of a society, including its values, attitudes, power structure, and traditions. This is what §1.2 means by "economies are embedded in institutions, culture, history and politics".
Functionings Todaro
What people do or can do with the commodities of given characteristics that they come to possess or control. Sen's own emphasis: what matters is not the characteristics of the goods consumed but what use the consumer can and does make of them — a book is of little value to an illiterate person.
Capabilities Todaro
The freedoms that people have, given their personal features and their command over commodities. Note that the textbook's phrasing makes the two conditions explicit — capabilities depend on both what you are and what you have.
8

Self-Check

16 questions · graded
0 / 0 correct

Section A tests the definitions you would be asked to write out. Section B tests the distinctions that are easy to blur — functionings against capabilities, the three values against the three objectives. Section C asks for the extended answers.

A · Definitions

Single choice. One option is right; the others are near-misses on purpose.
Q1In Sen's capability approach, what is the difference between a functioning and a capability?
Correct.Functionings are the "beings and doings" actually attained; capabilities are the freedom to achieve alternative functionings. Both can be material or non-material, so A is wrong; B and D both smuggle in claims the approach does not make.
Not quite.The distinction is achievement versus freedom to achieve — not material versus non-material, and not individual versus social.
Q2Which of these is not one of the three core values of development?
Correct.The three core values are sustenance, self-esteem and freedom from servitude. Sustainability is a real concern in development policy — it appears in the list of trade-offs in section 1.2 — but it is not one of the three core values.
Not quite.The three are sustenance, self-esteem and freedom from servitude. Sustainability is a policy trade-off, not a core value.
Q3What does the chapter identify as the universal theme in the six testimonies of poor people?
Correct.The slide's own summary line. The six testimonies mention voice, shame, vulnerability, water, medicine and clothing — income appears in only one of them.
Not quite.The theme is multidimensionality. The testimonies deliberately place voice, shame and vulnerability alongside income, and only one of the six mentions income directly.
Q4Which of the following is one of the four key features of developing economies listed in section 1.2?
Correct.The four features are: highly imperfect markets with limited information; large-scale structural change across sectors; multiple equilibria; and persistent disequilibrium with institutional rigidities. A, B and C are each the opposite of one of them.
Not quite.The four features are all the opposite of the neoclassical assumptions: imperfect markets, large-scale structural change, multiple equilibria, and persistent disequilibrium.
Q5How many Sustainable Development Goals replaced the MDGs in 2015?
Correct.17 SDGs, adopted in September 2015 under the 2030 Agenda. The 8 is the number of MDGs they replaced.
Not quite.17 SDGs replaced the 8 MDGs. Option A is the old number.
Q6According to the 2025 Sustainable Development Goals Report cited on the instructor's slide, roughly what share of targets are progressing well or making moderate progress?
Correct.Roughly 35–36% — about a third. This is the instructor's own update to the slide, and it is the counterpoint to the optimism of the 2015 launch.
Not quite.About 35–36%. The figure is deliberately unflattering and is worth remembering as such.

B · Distinctions

Where the near-misses live. Read every option before choosing.
Q7What distinguishes development economics from traditional neoclassical economics on the slide's account?
Correct.The difference is one of scope, not of method or of values. Development economics keeps the neoclassical apparatus but adds structural transformation and broad-based well-being to what it is trying to explain.
Not quite.It is a difference of scope. Development economics does not reject efficient allocation — it studies a setting where the assumptions that make the neoclassical solution work do not hold.
Q8A person has ample food available but is deliberately fasting. Which statement is correct in Sen's framework?
Correct.Both are hungry, so the functioning is absent in both — but only the fasting person has the capability of being well-nourished. This is precisely why income and food availability cannot by themselves tell you whether someone is deprived.
Not quite.Both lack the functioning, but only the fasting person has the capability. The distinction is exactly what lets Sen's framework tell two outwardly identical situations apart.
Q9Which of these best captures the difference between self-esteem and freedom from servitude as core values?
Correct.Self-esteem is about worth and recognition as an autonomous person; freedom from servitude is about the range of real choices and release from dependency and oppression. The slide gives each its own definition.
Not quite.They are distinct: one is about recognition and dignity, the other about the breadth of real choices and the absence of subordination.
Q10What does the slide identify as the central role of women in development?
Correct.The slide states it as a two-way relationship: a goal in its own right, and a driver through improved child health, education and long-run human capital.
Not quite.Both, not one: it is a goal and a driver. The slide also names the channels — child health, education, long-run human capital.

C · Extended answers

Write these out. Compare against the model answer only after you have drafted your own.
Q11State the three core values of development and, for each, the goal the slide attaches to it. Then explain in one sentence why only the first is a material condition.
  1. Sustenance — the ability to meet basic needs (food, shelter, health, protection). Goal: to end absolute poverty.
  2. Self-esteem — a sense of worth and dignity; recognition as an autonomous person. Goal: to be recognised as a person, not a recipient.
  3. Freedom from servitude — expanded real choices, liberation from dependency and oppression. Goal: expanded real choices.

Only sustenance is a material condition: it can be measured in goods. Self-esteem and freedom from servitude are about a person's standing and range of choice, which can be absent even when basic needs are fully met — which is why the chapter insists a country is not developed merely because its people are fed.

Q12Explain the difference between a functioning and a capability, and use it to explain why two people who are both hungry may not be equally deprived.

Functionings are actual achievements — the "beings and doings" a person really attains. Capabilities are the real freedom to achieve alternative functionings — the set of lives actually open to them.

Someone starving for lack of food and someone fasting by choice are both failing to achieve the functioning of being well-nourished. But only the second has the capability of being well-nourished: food is available to them and they could choose otherwise. Sen's framework therefore treats their situations as unequal, and argues that any measure built on outcomes alone — income, calorie availability — cannot see the difference. Development, on this view, is about expanding the capability set, not just the level of achievement.

Q13Figure 1.2 plots income against happiness. State its three conclusions and explain what the third one implies for how development should be measured.
  1. Diminishing returns of income. Income lifts happiness strongly at low levels; the gains flatten above roughly $20,000 per capita.
  2. Income is not the only driver. Large happiness gaps exist between countries at similar income levels.
  3. Development ≠ just GDP growth. Well-being depends on more than income alone.

The implication is that a measure built only on income will misrank countries — in particular it will understate how much well-being a poor country has achieved, and overstate what further income can buy at high levels. That is the motivation for the Human Development Index in Chapter 2, which combines health and education with income, and for the logarithmic form of its income component: the logarithm is what encodes diminishing returns.

Q14Section 1.2 claims that "economies are social systems". Give the four supporting claims from the slide and explain what each one implies for policy.
  1. Economies are embedded in institutions, culture, history and politics. Policy cannot be designed from economic theory alone.
  2. Development policy depends as much on institutional variables as on capital and labour. Two countries with the same endowments can perform very differently.
  3. Policies that work in rich countries often fail in developing contexts. Transplanting a policy assumes the institutional preconditions came with it.
  4. A holistic, interdisciplinary approach is required. Development economics has to borrow from outside economics.

Together they explain why the field cannot adopt the neoclassical assumptions wholesale, and they set up the "multiple equilibria" point — if institutions differ, the same endowments need not lead to the same outcome.

Q15Why does the chapter treat the MDGs and the SDGs as part of the definition of development, rather than as a separate policy topic?

Because the goals are the three core values written as measurable commitments. MDG 1 (halve extreme poverty and hunger) is sustenance; MDG 3 (gender equality and empowering women) and MDG 2 (universal primary education) are self-esteem and capability expansion; MDG 8 (a global partnership) is about removing dependency. The framework is the chapter's argument turned into targets with a deadline.

The move to 17 SDGs in 2015 widened the scope further — applying to all countries rather than only developing ones, and adding goals on inequality, energy, cities and climate — which reflects the same underlying claim that development is multidimensional. The 2025 report's finding that only about 35–36% of targets are on track is the honest measure of how far the agenda has actually been implemented.

Q16Name the three objectives of development and explain how they relate to the three core values.
  1. Increase the availability of life-sustaining goods — food, shelter, health, protection. Corresponds to sustenance.
  2. Raise overall levels of living — higher incomes, more jobs, better education, greater attention to cultural and human values. Corresponds to self-esteem.
  3. Expand the range of economic and social choices — by freeing people from servitude and dependence. Corresponds to freedom from servitude.

The objectives are the core values restated as aims: the same three ideas, said once as what development is and once as what policy should do.

Chapter 2

Comparative Economic Development

Todaro & Smith, Economic Development, Ch. 2 Source: Chapter2.ppt — 35 slides Instructor's Chinese glosses retained

Chapter 1 argued that development is multidimensional. Chapter 2 is about the consequence: if development is multidimensional, then measuring it is genuinely hard, and every measurement choice is an argument in disguise. The chapter works through the definitions (who counts as developing), the basic indicators (income, health, education), the conversion problem (exchange rates or PPP), and the holistic measures (the HDI and its 2010 rebuild), before listing the ten characteristics developing countries share and the eight ways today's low-income countries differ from the now-developed countries at the same stage.

The examinable core is the Human Development Index — both the old form and the new — because both worked examples are on the slides with every intermediate number, and because the geometric-mean reform is a conceptual argument as much as a formula change. The interactive calculator below shows what that argument looks like when you move it.

1

Concept Map

how the chapter builds
Measurement is the argument Every way of measuring development encodes a claim about what development is. Chapter 2 is a sequence of those claims, each fixing a problem in the one before.
first: who counts as developing?
2.1 World Bank income groups Rank on GNI per capita. Four bands, thresholds revised every year.
Problem A single cut-off makes "developing" a binary, when the underlying reality is a continuum.
then: what do we measure?
2.2 Real income, health, education GNI vs GDP · the expenditure identity · nominal vs real
PPP 购买力平价 Exchange rates compare currencies, not what money buys. PPP compares what money buys.
which needs a single index
2.3 Old HDI (1990–2009) Three indexes added and divided by three. Arithmetic mean.
New HDI (2010– ) Geometric mean of the three. Refuses perfect substitutability between health, education and income.
then: what is actually true of these countries?
2.4 Ten characteristics What developing countries share — and the diversity within that commonality.
2.5 Eight differences How today's low-income countries differ from today's rich ones at their own start.
2.6 Long-run causes Why the differences exist at all — geography, colonial institutions, inequality. In the book only; the slides never mention it.
Where this goes next Chapter 3 stops measuring and asks what makes these economies grow at all.
2

2.1 Defining the Developing World

slides 2–4 · Todaro 13e §2.2 (and §1.3)

The World Bank's scheme is the one used in practice: countries are ranked on GNI per capita and sorted into four bands. The thresholds are revised every year, so the slide's 2025 numbers are the ones to quote.

GroupGNI per capita (2025)What it means
Low-income countries (LIC) < $1,175 The group the term "developing" most often means, though the World Bank's own "developing" category is LIC + LMC + UMC together.
Lower-middle-income (LMC) < $4,635 Includes India, Viet Nam, Pakistan, Nigeria.
Upper-middle-income (UMC) < $14,375 Includes China, Brazil, South Africa, Turkey.
High-income countries > $14,375 The World Bank's replacement for the older "developed" label.
⚠️ Trap

The bands are nested in a way that is easy to misread: each threshold is the upper bound of its group, so LMC means "below $4,635 but above $1,175". Note also that the UMC ceiling and the high-income floor are the same number — $14,375 — because together they partition the range.

The slide also shows the alternative grouping the course uses when geography matters more than income: by region. The two groupings disagree on purpose. A country can be upper-middle-income and in Sub-Saharan Africa, or low-income and in East Asia, and which grouping is useful depends on the question — income explains what a government can afford, region explains what its neighbours are doing.

📖 Beyond the slides

The simplest alternative definition is the one on the instructor's second slide: treat non-OECD countries as developing. The OECD has 38 members, spanning North America, South America, Europe and Asia–Pacific, with members joining in waves from 1961 (Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, France, Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the United Kingdom, the United States) through 2021 (Costa Rica). Several countries are in accession talks rather than in the club. The definition is convenient but blunt: it puts Chile and Mexico in the same box as Germany.

📖 Beyond the slides

The deck gives only the World Bank's income bands. Todaro 13e §2.2.3 lists the other official classifications you would be expected to recognise, and they cut the world up on quite different principles — income, vulnerability, geography, debt:

ClassificationBasis and size
G7 and G20 Geopolitical rather than developmental: the seven largest developed economies, and an expanded group of twenty that brings in the large middle-income countries.
Least-developed countries (LDCs) A UN designation, 47 countries as of end-2018 — 33 in Africa, 9 in Asia, 4 in Oceania, plus Haiti, home to just over a billion people. Entry requires meeting all three of: low income, low human capital, and high economic vulnerability. Countries graduate out: Botswana, Cabo Verde, Equatorial Guinea, Maldives and Samoa already have.
Landlocked developing countries (LLDCs) 30 countries, 15 of them in Africa. A geography-based designation — being landlocked is treated as a distinct development handicap.
Small island developing states (SIDS) 38 countries, recognised for the particular vulnerabilities of small island economies.
Heavily indebted poor countries (HIPCs) 39 countries as of 2019, singled out for debt-relief programmes under international agreements.
Newly industrialising countries (NICs) An informal label for economies at an early stage of export-led manufacturing growth — applied to South Korea and Taiwan in the 1970s–80s, then Thailand and Indonesia. Vietnam is the modern candidate.

Note the pattern: only the World Bank grouping is strictly income-based. The others exist because income alone does not capture the obstacle — being landlocked, being a small island, or carrying an unsustainable debt overhang each change what a country needs, at the same income level. That is Chapter 1's multidimensionality argument showing up as administrative practice.

3

2.2 Basic Indicators: Real Income, Health, Education

slides 5–8 · Todaro 13e §2.2.1

GNI and GDP

Two accounting identities that get confused constantly. The difference is who is being counted, not what is being counted.

Gross National Income (GNI)
The total domestic and foreign value added 附加价值 claimed by a country's residents, without deducting depreciation of the domestic capital stock. Ownership is what matters, not location.
Gross Domestic Product (GDP)
The total value for final use of output produced within an economy, by both residents and non-residents. Location is what matters, not ownership.
⚠️ Trap

The distinction comes down to one word in each definition. GNI counts what a country's residents earn wherever they earn it, so it adds remittances and subtracts profits repatriated by foreign firms. GDP counts what is produced inside the borders, regardless of who owns it. For a country with large remittance inflows — the Philippines, Bangladesh, Egypt — GNI is meaningfully higher than GDP; for a country hosting a lot of foreign-owned capital, the reverse.

The expenditure approach to GDP

Y = C + I + G + NX

Y = GDP in dollars · C = consumption · I = investment · G = government purchases · NX = net exports = exports − imports

This is the national income accounting identity. It is useful because it breaks GDP into components according to their purpose: goods and services can be consumed, invested by the private sector, bought by the government, or shipped abroad. NX can be positive or negative — a country that exports more than it imports has positive net exports; the United States, which imports more than it exports, has negative net exports and correspondingly a trade deficit.

Measuring changes over time

MeasureDefinitionWhat makes it move
Nominal GDP A measure of GDP when prices and quantities have not been separated Changes in prices or quantities — you cannot tell which from the number alone
Real GDP The actual quantity of goods and services produced Changes in quantities only — prices are held fixed

The slide's own illustration: US nominal GDP was $14.4 trillion in 2008 and only $7.4 trillion in 1995. Did prices change? Did quantities change? Some of both — and the whole point of real GDP is to answer the question that the nominal figure leaves open. The instructor's note frames it as the familiar (total revenue) = price × quantity: nominal GDP is the revenue line, real GDP holds the price term still.

4

Purchasing Power Parity

slides 9–10 · Todaro 13e §2.2.2

Comparing incomes across countries needs a conversion factor, and the obvious one — the market exchange rate — answers the wrong question. It tells you what a dollar buys in currency markets; what you want to know is what it buys in the local market. In poor countries, non-traded goods and services (a haircut, a meal, a bus ride, housing) are far cheaper than they are in rich ones, so converting at the market rate systematically understates real incomes in poor countries.

Purchasing power parity (PPP) 购买力平价
Calculated using a common set of international prices for all goods and services.
The PPP conversion factor
The number of units of a foreign country's currency required to purchase the identical quantity of goods and services in the local developing-country market as $1 would buy in the United States.

What the difference looks like in the data

The instructor's table (slide 10) puts the two conversion methods side by side. The pattern is systematic: the poorer the country, the larger the upward revision from switching to PPP.

CountryExchange rate (US$) PPP (US$)PPP ÷ exchange rate
Niger3609902.75×
Congo, Dem. Rep.4608701.89×
Uganda6001,8203.03×
Haiti7601,8302.41×
Cambodia1,2303,7503.05×
Senegal1,2403,3602.71×
Kenya1,4603,2502.23×
Bangladesh1,4704,0402.75×
Pakistan1,5805,8303.69×
Côte d'Ivoire1,5803,8202.42×
India1,8006,9803.88×
Ghana1,8804,2802.28×
Nigeria2,1005,7002.71×
Vietnam2,1606,4502.99×
Egypt, Arab Rep.3,01011,3603.77×
Bolivia3,1307,3402.35×
Indonesia3,54011,9003.36×
Philippines3,66010,0502.75×
Guatemala4,0608,0001.97×
Colombia5,89014,0902.39×
Thailand5,95017,0402.86×
Peru5,96012,8802.16×
Dominican Republic6,63015,2902.31×
Botswana6,73016,4202.44×
Brazil8,60015,2001.77×
Mexico8,61017,8402.07×
China8,69016,7601.93×
Costa Rica11,12016,2001.46×
Chile13,61023,5701.73×
Korea, Rep.28,38038,3401.35×
United Kingdom40,53042,5601.05×
Canada42,87046,0701.07×
United States58,27060,2001.03×
Low income7752,127 2.74×
Middle income4,94211,993 2.43×
High income40,14247,575 1.19×

The ratio column is the story. For high-income countries PPP is barely different from the market rate — the United States is 1.03×, because it is the base. For low-income countries the revision is around two-and-a-half to three times, and the largest ratios in the table belong to India (3.88×), Egypt (3.77×) and Pakistan (3.69×). The low-income group average rises from $775 to $2,127 — a country that looks desperately poor at market rates looks merely poor at PPP.

⚠️ Trap

PPP does not make poor countries rich; it makes the comparison less misleading. And the correction is not uniform — it depends on how much of a country's consumption basket is non-traded, which is why China's ratio (1.93×) is lower than India's (3.88×). If you are asked why, the answer is that China's price level for non-traded goods is closer to international levels than India's is.

📖 Beyond the slides

Figure 2.2 on the slide ranks 18 countries by GNI per capita at market rates, and the visual point is how compressed the developing world is at the bottom: Congo (Dem. Rep.) $460, Ethiopia ≈$740, Haiti $760, Kenya $1,460, Bangladesh $1,470, Pakistan $1,580, Côte d'Ivoire $1,580, India $1,800, Ghana $1,880, Egypt $3,010, Indonesia $3,540 — and then a jump to the Dominican Republic $6,630, Brazil $8,600, Mexico $8,610, China $8,690, and finally the United Kingdom $40,530, Canada $42,870, United States $58,270. Thirteen of the eighteen countries cluster in the leftmost tenth of the chart.

5

2.3 Holistic Measures: the Human Development Index

slides 11–21 · Todaro 13e §2.3 + App. 2.1 · the examinable core

The HDI is Sen's capability approach made operational: three dimensions — health, knowledge, and a decent standard of living — combined into one number between 0 and 1. The classification bands are:

BandHDI value
Low human development0.000 – 0.499
Medium human development0.500 – 0.799
High human development0.800 – 0.900
Very high human development0.900 – 1.000

The slide also stresses that the HDI can be calculated for groups and regions within a country, not just for countries — it varies among groups, across regions, and between rural and urban areas. That matters: the whole point of a holistic measure is that a national average can hide the thing you care about.

The old HDI, worked: Bangladesh in 2007

This is the slide's own example, with every intermediate number. The old HDI builds a sub-index for each dimension and then takes the arithmetic mean.

Worked Bangladesh, 2007 — old (arithmetic) HDI
PPP GDP per capita $1,241 · life expectancy 65.7 years · adult literacy 53.5% · gross enrolment 52.1%
  1. Income index — logarithmic, because of diminishing returns [ln(1241) − ln(100)] / [ln(40000) − ln(100)] = 0.420
  2. Life expectancy index (65.7 − 25) / (85 − 25) = 0.678
  3. Adult literacy index (53.5 − 0) / (100 − 0) = 0.535
  4. Gross enrolment index (52.1 − 0) / (100 − 0) = 0.521
  5. Education index — two-thirds literacy, one-third enrolment (2/3)(0.535) + (1/3)(0.521) = 0.530
  6. HDI — the arithmetic mean of the three (1/3)(0.420) + (1/3)(0.678) + (1/3)(0.530) = 0.543

The goalposts are visible inside the formulas: life expectancy runs from 25 to 85 years, literacy and enrolment from 0 to 100%, and income from ln(100) to ln(40,000). The income index is logarithmic precisely because of the diminishing-returns result from Figure 1.2 in Chapter 1.

What is new in the New HDI

The UNDP rebuilt the index in November 2010. There are two headline changes and several smaller ones.

1 · A geometric mean, not an arithmetic one
The traditional HDI added the three components and divided by three. The New HDI takes the cube root of the product of the three component indexes. A geometric mean is also used to build the overall education index from its two components.
Why it matters
The arithmetic mean silently assumed one component could be traded off against another as perfect substitutes — a very strong assumption. The geometric mean allows only imperfect substitutability: a very low score in any one dimension drags the whole index down.

The smaller changes are just as examinable:

ChangeFrom → to
Income measure GDP per capita → GNI per capita
Education components Adult literacy + gross enrolment → average actual educational attainment of the whole population, and the expected attainment of today's children
Maximum values Predefined cutoffs → the observed maximum in each dimension
Lower goalpost for income Reduced, on new evidence about how low income levels can go

The effect of the whole package is that the New HDI can identify not only whether a country is developing, but also whether various significant groups within that country are participating in the development.

The New HDI, worked: China in 2010

Worked China, 2010 — New (geometric) HDI
Life expectancy 73.5 years · mean years of schooling 7.5 · expected years of schooling 11.4 · GNI per capita $7,263
  1. Life expectancy index (73.5 − 20) / (83.2 − 20) = 0.847
  2. Mean years of schooling index (7.5 − 0) / (13.2 − 0) = 0.568
  3. Expected years of schooling index (11.4 − 0) / (20.6 − 0) = 0.553
  4. Education index — a geometric mean of the two, rescaled [√(0.568 × 0.553) − 0] / (0.951 − 0) = 0.589
  5. Income index [ln(7263) − ln(163)] / [ln(108211) − ln(163)] = 0.584
  6. New HDI — the cube root of the product ∛(0.847 × 0.589 × 0.584) = 0.663
⚠️ Trap

Compare the two examples carefully. In Bangladesh the three indexes are added and divided by three; in China they are multiplied and cube-rooted. And note that in the Chinese case the education index is itself a geometric mean — of the two schooling sub-indexes — before being fed into a second geometric mean. The old and new formulas cannot be mixed: if you add and divide by three, you have accidentally reverted to the pre-2010 method.

⚠️ Trap

The goalposts changed between the two examples, which is why they are not comparable as scores: life expectancy runs 25–85 in the 2007 calculation but 20–83.2 in the 2010 one, and income now runs from ln(163) to ln(108,211) rather than ln(100) to ln(40,000). The maximum values were deliberately raised to the observed maximum rather than a predefined cutoff — so a country's index can fall even when its actual life expectancy rises.

Discussion of the HDI

Advantage
A country can do much better than might be expected at a low level of income — and substantial income gains can still accomplish relatively little in human development. The HDI is built to make both facts visible.
Drawback · gross enrolment overstates schooling
Enrolment counts who is registered, not who is learning or who finishes.
Drawback · equal weight
The three dimensions are weighted equally, which is a choice rather than a finding.
Drawback · no attention to quality
A year of schooling is a year of schooling, regardless of what was taught.
Model

Why the geometric mean punishes imbalance

Drag the three component indexes and watch the two means separate. The old HDI is their arithmetic mean; the new one is the cube root of their product. Presets reproduce the two worked examples on the slides.

Table 2.4 — HDI and its components, selected countries (2018)

CountryHDI rankLife exp. Mean yrsExp. yrsGNI/cap HDIGNI − HDI rank
Canada1282.513.3 16.443,4330.926+10
United States1379.513.4 16.554,9410.924+13
United Kingdom1481.712.9 17.439,1160.922+8
South Korea2282.412.1 16.535,9450.903−27
United Arab Emirates3477.4 10.813.667,805 0.863+13
Chile4479.710.3 16.421,9100.843+3
Russian Federation4971.2 12.015.524,233 0.816+15
Costa Rica6380.08.8 15.414,6360.794−14
Turkey6476.08.0 15.224,8040.791+43
Cuba7379.911.8 14.07,5240.777+19
Mexico7477.38.6 14.116,9440.774+2
Sri Lanka7676.510.9 13.911,3260.770−26
Brazil7975.77.8 15.413,7550.759−40
China8676.47.8 13.815,2700.752−23
Botswana10167.69.3 12.615,5340.717−15
Gabon11066.59.2 12.816,4310.702+9
South Africa11363.410.1 13.311,9230.699+3
Egypt11571.77.2 13.110,3550.696−80
Guatemala12773.76.5 10.87,2780.650+16
India13068.86.4 12.36,3530.640−14
Bangladesh13672.85.8 11.43,6770.608+20
Ghana14063.07.1 11.64,0960.592−22
Equatorial Guinea14157.9 5.59.319,513 0.591−15
Kenya14267.36.5 12.12,9610.590—
Pakistan15066.65.2 8.65,3110.562—
Papua New Guinea15365.7 4.610.03,403 0.544—
Madagascar16166.36.1 10.61,3580.519—
Côte d'Ivoire17054.15.2 9.03,4810.492—
Burkina Faso18360.82.3 8.51,6500.423—
Chad18653.22.0 5.41,7500.404—
Niger18960.42.0 5.49060.354—

The last column is the most interesting one. It is the country's GNI rank minus its HDI rank, so a positive number means the country does better on human development than its income alone would predict. Turkey is +43 and Bangladesh +20; Egypt is −80 and Brazil −40. The HDI's own advantage statement — "a country can do much better than might be expected at a low level of income" — is exactly what those positive numbers are showing.

The extremes, as of the instructor's 2026 update

Top 5
1 Iceland 0.972 · 2 Norway 0.970 · 3 Switzerland 0.970 · 4 Denmark 0.962 · 5 Germany 0.959
Bottom 5
184 Niger 0.394 · 183 Central African Rep. 0.397 · 182 Chad 0.398 · 180 Burundi 0.433 · 180 South Sudan 0.433

The world average in 2023 is 0.72. Burundi and South Sudan are tied at rank 180 as printed on the slide. Note that Norway and Switzerland share 0.970 and are separated only by rounding.

📖 Beyond the slides

The deck stops at the 2010 rebuild. Todaro 13e §2.3.4 carries the story forward to the index's alternative formulations, which are the natural "so what came next" question:

Inequality-Adjusted HDI (IHDI)
Imposes a penalty on the HDI that grows with inequality across people. This is the natural extension of the geometric-mean argument: the mean already punishes imbalance between dimensions, and the IHDI punishes imbalance within them.
Gender Inequality Index (GII)
A separate index focused on gender-based disadvantage — the operational counterpart of Chapter 1's "central role of women".
Multidimensional Poverty Index (MPI)
The UNDP's measure of overlapping deprivations in health, education and living standards. The direct heir of Chapter 1's opening claim that poverty is multidimensional; covered in Chapter 5 of the book.

The textbook also records two criticisms of the New HDI that the deck omits. The first is general: by adding some non-income indicators and omitting others, the index can shift attention away from the things it leaves out — legal rights, for instance — so those may receive less attention than they otherwise would. The second is specific and practical: expected educational attainment is hard to forecast, especially in low- and lower-middle-income countries, which can produce an overly optimistic reading and therefore too little attention to education quality. The deck's own criticism — that gross enrolment overstates schooling — is the same worry in its older form.

6

2.4 Characteristics of the Developing World

slides 22–31 · Todaro 13e §2.4 · diversity within commonality

The section's subtitle is the point: there are shared characteristics, but the diversity within them is enormous. The slides develop each characteristic with data, and the data is where the examinable detail lives.

#CharacteristicThe evidence on the slide
1Lower levels of living and productivity Figure 2.4: high-income countries take 58% of global income while Sub-Saharan Africa takes 2%.
2Lower levels of human capital — health, education, skills Under-5 mortality: low-income countries fell from 128 per 1,000 in 1990 to 38 in 2023; high-income countries stand at 4. Figure 2.6 shows under-5 mortality falling steeply as the mother's education rises, across all five countries plotted.
3Higher levels of inequality and absolute poverty Absolute poverty and world poverty measures.
4Higher population growth rates Crude birth rate 粗出生率 — see the table below.
5Greater social fractionalisation Significant ethnic, linguistic and other social divisions within a country.
6Larger rural populations, rapid rural-to-urban migration Table 2.10 — see below.
7Lower levels of industrialisation and manufactured exports Table 2.11 — see below.
8Adverse geography Resource endowments: a nation's supply of usable factors of production, including mineral deposits, raw materials and labour.
9Underdeveloped financial and other markets Imperfect markets; incomplete information.
10Quality of institutions and external dependence Colonial legacy; external dependence and unequal international relations.

Figure 2.4 — shares of global income, 2024

Nominal GDP, current US dollars. Seven shares, which sum to 100%:

GroupShare of global income
High-income countries58%
East Asia & Pacific17%
Latin America & Caribbean7%
Europe & Central Asia7%
South Asia5%
Middle East & North Africa4%
Sub-Saharan Africa2%

Table 2.6 — the 12 most and least populated countries, 2024

#Most populousPopulation (m) GNI per capita (US$)Least populous Population (thousands)
1India1,4512,950 Tuvalu12
2China1,40913,100 Nauru18
3United States34086,000 Palau42
4Indonesia2835,200 Marshall Islands53
5Pakistan2411,920 St. Kitts and Nevis72
6Nigeria2232,280 Dominica100
7Brazil21610,300 Antigua and Barbuda105
8Bangladesh1742,820 Micronesia108
9Russian Federation14411,800 Grenada108
10Mexico13111,500 Tonga111
11Ethiopia1261,100 St. Vincent and the Grenadines119
12Japan12442,500 Seychelles≈128

Table 2.10 — the urban population, 2024

RegionPopulation (millions, 2024) Urban share
World8,16058%
More developed countries1,25981%
Less developed countries6,90154%
Sub-Saharan Africa1,21743%
Northern Africa26153%
Latin America and the Caribbean66282%
Western Asia30673%
South-central Asia2,12837%
Southeast Asia69354%
East Asia1,64666%
Eastern Europe29071%

The developed/developing split and the regional breakdown are two separate partitions, so the regional rows do not sum to the world total. The check that does hold: 1,259 + 6,901 = 8,160.

Table 2.11 — employment by sector, 2004–2008 (%)

The single most useful table for the structural-change argument in Chapter 3: it shows agriculture absorbing most of the labour force in poor countries while contributing a small share of GDP — the gap between the two columns is the productivity difference Lewis's model is built on.

Country Agriculture Industry Services
MFGDP MFGDP MFGDP
Africa
Egypt284313 26638 465149
Ethiopia12644 271713 617742
Madagascar828325 5217 131657
Mauritius1084 362629 546667
South Africa1173 351434 548063
Asia
Bangladesh426819 151329 431952
Indonesia414114 211548 384437
Malaysia181010 322348 516742
Pakistan367220 231327 411553
Philippines442415 181132 396553
South Korea783 331637 607460
Thailand434012 221944 354144
Vietnam566022 211440 232638
Latin America
Colombia2769 221636 517855
Costa Rica1857 281329 548264
Mexico1944 311837 507759
Nicaragua42819 201830 387351
Developed countries
United Kingdom211 32924 669076
United States211 30922 689077

M = male, F = female, GDP = share of GDP (2008). Source: World Bank, World Development Indicators 2010, tabs. 2.3 and 4.2. Note on the slide: Ethiopian agricultural employment reflects limited coverage.

⚠️ Trap

In this table, M and F are column shares within each sex — male employment across the three sectors sums to 100, and female employment sums to 100, but the two are separate totals. You cannot compute one from the other. The GDP column is a third, independent split. Compare Madagascar (82% of men in agriculture, but agriculture only 25% of GDP) with South Korea (7% of men in agriculture, 37% of GDP from industry) — that contrast, male employment share against GDP share, is the productivity gap.

Table 2.8 — crude birth rates around the world, 2022

Crude birth rate 粗出生率 = births per 1,000 population per year. The slide lists roughly 150 countries; what matters for revision is the shape of the distribution, and where China and the other large developing countries sit.

Births per 1,000Countries in the band
45 +Niger
40–44Angola, Benin, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Central African Republic, Chad, Dem. Rep. of Congo, Somalia, Uganda
35–39Guinea-Bissau, Liberia, Mozambique, Nigeria, South Sudan, Tanzania, Zambia
30–34Afghanistan, Cameroon, Côte d'Ivoire, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Ghana, Iraq, Kenya, Mauritania, Rwanda, São Tomé and Príncipe, Senegal, Sierra Leone, Sudan, Tajikistan, Timor-Leste, Togo, Yemen, Zimbabwe
25–29Algeria, Egypt, Gabon, Haiti, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Lesotho, Marshall Islands, Namibia, Pakistan, Papua New Guinea, Samoa, Solomon Islands, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Vanuatu
20–24Belize, Bolivia, Botswana, Cambodia, Djibouti, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Guyana, Honduras, India, Israel, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Laos, Libya, Maldives, Micronesia, Mongolia, Nepal, Nicaragua, Oman, Paraguay, Philippines, South Africa, Syria, Tonga, Uzbekistan
15–19Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Azerbaijan, Bangladesh, Bhutan, Brunei, Cape Verde, Colombia, Fiji, Grenada, Indonesia, Iran, Jamaica, Malaysia, Mexico, Morocco, Myanmar, Panama, Peru, Saudi Arabia, Seychelles, Sri Lanka, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Tunisia, Turkey, Venezuela, Vietnam
10–14Albania, Armenia, Australia, Austria, Bahamas, Bahrain, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, Chile, China, Costa Rica, Cuba, Cyprus, Denmark, Dominica, Estonia, France, Georgia, Iceland, Ireland, North Korea, Kosovo, Kuwait, Latvia, Lebanon, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Malta, Mauritius, Moldova, Montenegro, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Palau, Poland, Qatar, Romania, Russia, Saint Lucia, Slovakia, Slovenia, St. Kitts-Nevis, Sweden, Switzerland, Thailand, Trinidad and Tobago, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom, United States, Uruguay
< 10Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Finland, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Italy, Japan, South Korea, Monaco, Portugal, San Marino, Serbia, Singapore, Spain, Taiwan, Ukraine

The pattern is the demographic transition: the highest rates are concentrated in Sub-Saharan Africa, the lowest in Europe and East Asia. China, Thailand and Brazil now sit in the same band as the United States and the United Kingdom.

Table 2.7 — primary school enrolment and pupil-teacher ratios, 2022

RegionNet primary enrolment Pupil-teacher ratio
Low income81%37
Lower-middle income89%28
Upper-middle income95%—
High income97%14
East Asia & Pacific96%—
Europe & Central Asia96%—
Latin America & Caribbean94%20
Middle East & North Africa92%22
South Asia—33
Sub-Saharan Africa80%36

Four cells in the printed table were not legible on the slide render and are marked "—" rather than guessed. The legible ratios run 37 → 28 → 14 for the income groups and 20 → 22 → 33 → 36 for the regions, so the missing values sit inside that band.

Figure 2.4 — under-5 mortality rates, 1990 and 2023

Income group19902023
Low income12838
Lower-middle income6212
Upper-middle income——
High income—4

Deaths per 1,000 live births. Two of the eight bar labels and the high-income 1990 value were not legible on the slide. The direction is unambiguous: the largest absolute fall is in low-income countries (128 → 38), which is the same distance travelled as lower-middle-income countries but from a much higher base.

7

2.5 How Low-Income Countries Differ from the Developed Countries' Earlier Stages

slide 33 · Todaro 13e App. 2.2

The comparison is not between rich and poor countries today, but between poor countries today and what today's rich countries looked like when they began industrialising. The eight differences are what make "just do what Britain did" unworkable.

1 · Physical and human resource endowments
What each country starts with — minerals, fertile land, and the health and skills of its people.
2 · Per capita incomes relative to the rest of the world
Today's developing countries start far below the frontier; the now-developed countries were near it.
3 · Climate
Tropical disease burdens and agricultural conditions that temperate-zone pioneers did not face.
4 · Population size, distribution and growth
Today's poor countries carry far higher population growth rates than the pioneers ever did.
5 · Historic role of international migration
The now-developed countries exported surplus labour; today's are more likely to receive or lose it under different rules.
6 · International trade benefits
The terms on which a latecomer can trade, with an existing industrial world already in place.
7 · Scientific and technological R&D capabilities
Today's latecomers can import technology — but the capability to develop it is concentrated elsewhere.
8 · Efficacy of domestic institutions
Institutions were built before or after independence, under very different conditions.
💬 Think

The instructor's own multiple-choice question on this slide asks which of these differences is real: were population growth rates higher in today's developed countries? Was more advanced technology available to them? Were there more opportunities for development assistance? The answer is none of the above — all three statements are false as stated, which is the point. Today's developing countries face higher population growth, have more advanced technology available (the advantage of being a latecomer), and have more development assistance available, not less.

📖 Where to find this in the book

This section is the one place where the deck and the 13th edition disagree most sharply about placement. The deck numbers it §2.5, but in the 13th edition it is not in the chapter body at all — it is Appendix 2.2, "How Low-Income Countries Today Differ from Developed Countries in Their Earlier Stages", at pages 149–156. The chapter's own §2.5 is instead "Are Living Standards of Developing and Developed Nations Converging?", which the deck splits across two chapters: partly here, and partly at the start of its Chapter 3.

The eight differences are unchanged; only their address has moved. If you are reading alongside the book, go to the appendix.

8

2.6 Long-Run Causes of Comparative Development

Todaro 13e §2.6, pp. 115–122 · not in the slides

This section asks a harder question than the rest of the chapter. Chapter 2 up to now has described how countries differ and measured the difference. §2.6 asks why the differences exist at all — and in particular why some countries are poor for reasons that go back centuries. It is new in the 13th edition and the slides never mention it, but it is the frame the whole field now uses, and it is what Chapter 3's dependence school was fumbling towards without the evidence to back it up.

The section's organising device is Figure 2.9, a schematic with twenty-two numbered arrows connecting climate, colonial history, inequality and institutions to present-day income. The chain underneath it runs like this:

Physical geography Including climate. Once genuinely exogenous — human activity can now alter it, but it did not choose itself.
shapes what kind of colony gets established, and what can be grown
Precolonial institutions Existing social organisation, and how easy it was to take over.
Precolonial labour abundance and comparative advantage Dense populations to coerce; crops like sugar with large scale economies.
Type of colonial regime Extraction or settlement — decided by settler mortality and by what the land was good for.
which determined how unequal the new society would be
Inequality Whether land, labour and political power concentrated in few hands.
Postcolonial institutional quality Property rights, contract enforcement, constraints on elites — inherited, not chosen.
which feeds through to the things development is actually made of
Human capital Where inequality is extreme, less is invested in educating the non-elite.
Public goods quality The same.
Effective civil society And the same.
Well-functioning markets Which need the institutions above to exist at all.
and finally,
Income and human development The outcome Chapter 2 has been measuring all along — here explained rather than described.

The four families of explanation

CauseThe claimWhere it stands
Physical geography (including climate) Climate, disease environment and location shape what an economy can do. Undoubtedly mattered historically. Its direct role today is much less clear: some research finds that once inequality and institutions are accounted for, physical geography adds little. Evidence is mixed — there does appear to be an independent effect of malaria, and in some circumstances landlocked status is an impediment.
Institutions North's "rules of the game": property rights, contract enforcement, restraint on coercive and anti-competitive behaviour, limits on elite power, conflict management — plus social insurance and predictable macroeconomic stability. The leading explanation. The hard part is that richer countries can afford better institutions, so the direction of causation is not obvious. Acemoglu, Johnson and Robinson's work is the attempt to settle it.
Colonial legacies and the reversal of fortune Geography determined where settlers could survive; settler mortality determined whether colonisers settled or extracted; extraction left institutions that outlived the empire. Strong supporting evidence, including a striking empirical result — see below.
Inequality and factor endowments Engerman and Sokoloff: what the land was suited to grow determined whether it was worked by slaves, and that determined how unequal the society became. Tested and supported by Easterly, among others.
⚠️ Trap

Two claims that sound alike and are not. Geography's direct effect today is weak; geography's indirect effect — through the institutions it caused to be built — is strong. Acemoglu and colleagues show that after accounting for institutional differences, geographic variables such as closeness to the equator have little influence on incomes. That is not an argument that geography does not matter; it is an argument about which link in the chain it operates through.

The reversal of fortune

This is the section's sharpest empirical point, and it is a falsification test rather than a correlation. If geography were fundamental to development prospects, the argument runs, then the areas that were most prosperous before colonisation should still be the most prosperous now.

They are not. Past population density and past urbanisation — both positively correlated with past income — are negatively correlated with current income.

The explanation is uncomfortable. Where local populations were larger, denser and more organised, it was easier for colonisers to take over the existing structures and collect tribute — so the institutions built there favoured extracting existing wealth over creating new wealth. Where populations were sparse, taking over was harder and colonists had to settle and produce, which required institutions that encouraged investment: constraints on executives, protection from expropriation.

The mechanism for how this persisted is the difference between formal and informal rules. As North stresses, a constitution can be rewritten in a day; the informal norms around it — how people expect contracts to be honoured, whether officials are expected to take bribes — "usually change only ever so gradually". The Congo is the textbook's illustration: the rule of Leopold II is arguably an ultimate cause of the Mobutu regime after independence.

Engerman and Sokoloff: endowments, inequality, and the two Americas

The second strand explains why the New World diverged internally. What the land could grow determined who worked it:

Where climate suited plantation agriculture
Particularly sugar, with large scale economies. Slavery and other forms of mass exploitation of labour were introduced.
Where indigenous populations survived contact and minerals were present
Vast land grants were issued that included claims to the labour of the people living on them (by Spain).
Both roads led to the same place
High economic and political inequality, which then persisted — the early inequities were perpetuated by limiting non-elite access to land, education, finance, property protection, voting rights and labour markets.
Why North America diverged
Its emerging comparative advantage in grain lacked the scale economies of tropical agriculture and mineral extraction. Scarce labour with abundant land inhibited the concentration of power, and the need to attract settlers pushed institutions toward greater egalitarianism. That environment "facilitated broad-based innovation, entrepreneurship and investment" — which is how the United States and Canada came to surpass societies that had started out much richer.

The mechanism connecting inequality to slow development has a name: the social conflict theory of institutions. Where inequality was extreme there was less investment in human capital and in public goods, and less movement toward democratic institutions — with causality running both ways, since education and institutions reinforce each other. The textbook is careful to add that this is not a story about the English being gentler colonisers, given the treatment of Native Americans and of slaves in the southern colonies.

💬 Think

How would you know any of this is true? This is the part of §2.6 with the most to teach methodologically. You cannot randomly assign countries different levels of inequality, so the strategy is to hunt for an instrumental variable — something that shifts inequality without shifting income directly. Settler mortality is offered as exactly that: plausibly unrelated to present-day income except through the institutions it caused.

Easterly's test of the Engerman–Sokoloff hypothesis found that "agricultural endowments predict inequality and inequality predicts development": inequality negatively affects per capita income, and also negatively affects institutional quality and schooling — which are the mechanisms by which it does so. Note the wording. Finding a correlation is the easy half; the hard half is the causal claim, which is why so much effort in the field goes into the search for instruments.

9

Formula Sheet

print-friendly
Expenditure approach to GDP
Y = C + I + G + NX
NX = exports − imports, and may be negative.
GNI per capita (PPP)
GNI ÷ population, converted at the PPP factor
The conversion factor is the currency needed to buy, locally, what $1 buys in the US.
Old HDI (1990–2009)
HDI = ⅓·Ihealth + ⅓·Iedu + ⅓·Iincome
Arithmetic mean — assumes perfect substitutability. Bangladesh 2007 = 0.543.
New HDI (2010– )
HDI = ∛(Ihealth × Iedu × Iincome)
Geometric mean — allows only imperfect substitutability. China 2010 = 0.663.
Health index
(LE − 20) ÷ (83.2 − 20)
New-HDI goalposts. The old HDI used 25 and 85.
Education index (New HDI)
[√(Imean yrs × Iexp yrs)] ÷ 0.951
Itself a geometric mean, then rescaled.
Education index (old HDI)
⅔·Iliteracy + ⅓·Ienrolment
A weighted arithmetic mean — the two versions are not interchangeable.
Income index
[ln(GNI) − ln(163)] ÷ [ln(108,211) − ln(163)]
New-HDI goalposts. The logarithm encodes diminishing returns, per Figure 1.2.
Crude birth rate
(births ÷ mid-year population) × 1,000
"Crude" because it is per head of total population, not per woman of childbearing age.
World Bank income groups (2025)
LIC < 1,175 · LMC < 4,635 · UMC < 14,375 · High > 14,375
Thresholds are upper bounds of each group.
10

Key Concepts

26 terms · 13 from the textbook

The terms carrying a 中文 anchor are the ones the instructor glossed on the slide.

GNI 国民总收入
Total domestic and foreign value added claimed by a country's residents, without deducting depreciation of the domestic capital stock. Ownership, not location.
GDP 国内生产总值
Total value for final use of output produced within an economy, by residents and non-residents alike. Location, not ownership.
Value added 附加价值
The value a producer adds to the inputs it buys — the term the instructor glossed inside the GNI definition, and the reason the two aggregates are measured the way they are rather than as raw turnover.
Purchasing power parity (PPP) 购买力平价
A conversion factor calculated from a common set of international prices: the units of foreign currency required to buy locally the identical basket that $1 buys in the United States. Corrects the systematic understatement of poor-country incomes by market exchange rates.
Human Development Index (HDI)
A composite of three dimensions — health, education, income — scaled 0 to 1. Sen's capability approach made operational. Bands: low <0.5, medium <0.8, high <0.9, very high up to 1.0.
New HDI (2010 reform)
The same three dimensions combined by geometric rather than arithmetic mean, plus GNI replacing GDP per capita, attainment-based education components, observed rather than predefined maxima, and a reduced lower income goalpost.
Perfect vs imperfect substitutability
The conceptual difference between the two HDIs. An arithmetic mean lets a high score in one dimension fully offset a low score in another; a geometric mean does not, which is what "imperfect substitutability" means here.
Crude birth rate 粗出生率
The annual number of live births per 1,000 population. Called "crude" because the denominator is the whole population rather than the number of women of childbearing age.
Absolute poverty
Poverty measured against a fixed subsistence threshold — the MDG line was $1 a day, later revised. Contrasted with relative poverty, which is defined against the distribution around you.
Social fractionalisation
Significant ethnic, linguistic and other social divisions within a country. Characteristic 5 of the developing world, and a recurring explanation for weak public goods provision.
Resource endowments
A nation's supply of usable factors of production — mineral deposits, raw materials and labour. Characteristic 8's supporting term, under the heading of adverse geography.
External dependence
Characteristic 10, in two parts: the colonial legacy, and dependence in international relations. Both reappear in Chapter 3 as the core of the dependence school.
Demographic transition
The movement from high to low birth and death rates that accompanies development. Visible in Table 2.8: the highest crude birth rates are in Sub-Saharan Africa, the lowest in Europe and East Asia.
Human capital Todaro
Productive investments in people — skills, values and health — resulting from expenditure on education, on-the-job training programmes, and medical care. The term the deck uses without ever defining.
Value added Todaro
The portion of a product's final value that is added at each stage of production. The textbook's definition is terser than the slide's, and worth having: it is value added at each stage, which is why summing it across an economy cannot double-count intermediate goods.
Capital stock Todaro
The total amount of physical goods existing at a particular time that have been produced for use in the production of other goods and services. Note the definition is about what the goods are for, not what they are — a car is capital or consumption depending on its use.
Depreciation Todaro
The wearing out of equipment, buildings, infrastructure and other forms of capital, reflected in write-offs to the value of the capital stock. The d in the Solow equation Δk = sy − (n+d)k.
Diminishing marginal utility Todaro
The concept that the subjective value of additional consumption (or income) lessens as total consumption becomes higher. The assumption sitting behind the logarithmic income index in the HDI, and behind Figure 1.2 in Chapter 1.
Dependency burden Todaro
The proportion of the total population aged 0–15 and 65+, considered economically unproductive and therefore not counted in the labour force. The mechanism connecting high fertility to low income per head — a young population carries a heavy dependency burden.
Fractionalisation Todaro
Significant ethnic, linguistic, and other social divisions within a country. The slide's own gloss was 种族、语言 — the two dimensions the textbook names.
Resource endowment Todaro
A nation's supply of usable factors of production, including mineral deposits, raw materials, and labour. Part of characteristic 8, adverse geography.
Imperfect market Todaro
A market in which the theoretical assumptions of perfect competition are violated — by a small number of buyers or sellers, barriers to entry, or incomplete information. Development economics' first key feature (§1.2) stated precisely.
Incomplete information Todaro
The absence of the information producers and consumers need to make efficient decisions, resulting in underperforming markets. Note it is defined by its consequence, not merely as ignorance.
Brain drain Todaro
The emigration of highly trained or qualified people from a country — an outflow of exactly the human capital the previous entry describes as an investment. Relevant to the deck's characteristic 10, external dependence.
Terms of trade Todaro
The ratio of a country's average export price to its average import price. A deteriorating ratio means a country must export more to buy the same imports — the central mechanism of the dependence school's argument in Chapter 3.
Very high-income country Todaro
An informal category for a per capita income standard indicative of economies that master frontier technologies, skills and productivity — around $40,000 at 2018 prices. Not a World Bank band; a way of naming the frontier itself.
Reversal of fortune
Acemoglu, Johnson and Robinson's finding that among formerly colonised countries, past population density and past urbanisation — both proxies for past prosperity — are negatively correlated with income today. The areas richest before colonisation are often poorest now. It is a falsification test of the geography explanation: if geography were fundamental, the old prosperous areas would still be prosperous.
Extractive vs settler institutions
The two colonial regimes settler mortality is said to have selected. Where mortality was high, colonisers ruled at arm's length — "steal fast and get out" — and built institutions that extracted surplus from the local population. Where it was low and populations sparse, they settled and produced, which required constraints on executives and protection from expropriation. The institutions outlived the empire.
Social conflict theory of institutions
The claim that the degree of inequality itself shapes how institutions evolve: where inequality is extreme, elites block the extension of democratic rights and under-invest in human capital and public goods, because both would erode their position. Causality runs both ways, since education and institutions reinforce one another.
Instrumental variable
A variable used to identify the causal effect of c on d by affecting c without affecting d except through c. Settler mortality is the standard example: plausibly unrelated to present-day income except via the institutions it caused. You cannot randomly assign countries different levels of inequality, so this is how §2.6 makes causal claims.
11

Self-Check

21 questions · graded
0 / 0 correct

Section B is the calculation section — the two HDI worked examples and the PPP conversion. Section C reproduces the instructor's own multiple-choice questions.

A · Definitions and distinctions

Single choice.
Q1Country A hosts a large number of foreign-owned factories and has few citizens working abroad. Which is larger, its GDP or its GNI?
Correct.GDP counts output produced inside the borders regardless of ownership; GNI counts income claimed by residents. Foreign-owned factories inflate GDP above GNI, and with few citizens abroad there is no offsetting inflow.
Not quite.GDP counts what is produced inside the borders, including foreign-owned production; GNI counts what residents claim. With much foreign-owned capital and little income from abroad, GDP exceeds GNI.
Q2Why does converting incomes at PPP raise poor countries' measured income so much more than rich countries'?
Correct.Haircuts, meals, bus rides and housing cost far less where wages are low, and those are exactly the goods excluded from trade. The market exchange rate only reconciles traded goods, so it understates the purchasing power of a poor-country income.
Not quite.The reason is the price of non-traded goods. They are cheap in poor countries because they cannot be traded, and the market rate ignores this entirely.
Q3What single change to the HDI did the UNDP describe as "probably most consequential" in 2010?
Correct.The geometric mean. It is the change that alters the index's meaning — from perfect to imperfect substitutability between the three dimensions — rather than just its inputs.
Not quite.It is the switch to the geometric mean. The others are real changes but they alter the inputs, not the logic of the aggregation.
Q4What does the geometric mean in the New HDI assume about the three dimensions?
Correct.That is precisely what the reform was for. A product under a cube root cannot be rescued by strength elsewhere in the way a sum can.
Not quite.Perfect substitutability was the old assumption. The geometric mean deliberately weakens it to imperfect substitutability.
Q5Which of these is not one of the drawbacks of the HDI listed on the slide?
Correct.B is false — the slide explicitly says the HDI can be calculated for groups and regions within a country, and that it varies between rural and urban areas. That is presented as a strength, not a drawback.
Not quite.The HDI can be and is calculated for sub-national groups — the slide treats this as one of its advantages. The three real drawbacks are gross enrolment, equal weighting, and indifference to quality.
Q6Table 2.11 shows Madagascar with 82% of men in agriculture but agriculture only 25% of GDP, while South Korea has 7% of men in agriculture and 37% of GDP from industry. What does this contrast illustrate?
Correct.That gap is the empirical basis for the Lewis model in Chapter 3: labour can be moved out of agriculture and into industry while raising total output, because its marginal product in agriculture is near zero.
Not quite.It illustrates the sectoral productivity gap. Agriculture is not inherently unproductive — the point is that labour is concentrated where output per worker is low.

B · Calculation

Work these on paper first. The reveal shows the full step-by-step.
Q7Compute the old (arithmetic) HDI for a country with PPP GDP per capita $1,241, life expectancy 65.7 years, adult literacy 53.5% and gross enrolment 52.1%. Show every sub-index.

This is the slide's own Bangladesh 2007 example. Each sub-index is min-max normalised between its goalposts.

  1. Income index — goalposts ln(100) and ln(40,000) [ln(1241) − ln(100)] / [ln(40000) − ln(100)] = 2.5185 / 5.9915 = 0.4204
  2. Life expectancy index — goalposts 25 and 85 (65.7 − 25) / (85 − 25) = 40.7 / 60 = 0.6783
  3. Adult literacy index — goalposts 0 and 100 (53.5 − 0) / (100 − 0) = 0.5350
  4. Gross enrolment index — goalposts 0 and 100 (52.1 − 0) / (100 − 0) = 0.5210
  5. Education index — two-thirds literacy, one-third enrolment (2/3)(0.5350) + (1/3)(0.5210) = 0.3567 + 0.1737 = 0.5303
  6. HDI — the arithmetic mean of the three dimension indexes (0.4204 + 0.6783 + 0.5303) / 3 = 1.6290 / 3 = 0.5430
HDI = 0.543 — medium human development.
Q8Now the New HDI. Life expectancy 73.5 years, mean years of schooling 7.5, expected years 11.4, GNI per capita $7,263. Use the 2010 goalposts: life 20–83.2, schooling 0–13.2 and 0–20.6, education rescale divisor 0.951, income ln(163)–ln(108,211).

This is the slide's own China 2010 example. Note that the aggregation at the end is a geometric mean, not a sum.

  1. Life expectancy index (73.5 − 20) / (83.2 − 20) = 53.5 / 63.2 = 0.8465
  2. Mean years of schooling index (7.5 − 0) / (13.2 − 0) = 0.5682
  3. Expected years of schooling index (11.4 − 0) / (20.6 − 0) = 0.5534
  4. Education index — a geometric mean of the two, then rescaled √(0.5682 × 0.5534) = √0.31445 = 0.5608; 0.5608 / 0.951 = 0.5897
  5. Income index [ln(7263) − ln(163)] / [ln(108211) − ln(163)] = 3.7966 / 6.4982 = 0.5843
  6. New HDI — the cube root of the product 0.8465 × 0.5897 × 0.5843 = 0.29175; ∛0.29175 = 0.6631
New HDI = 0.663 — high human development.
Q9India's GNI per capita is $1,800 at market exchange rates and $6,980 at PPP. Compute the ratio, and explain in two sentences why the ratio is so much larger than the United States' 1.03×.
  1. The ratio 6,980 / 1,800 = 3.88×

The market exchange rate only reconciles the prices of traded goods, because those are what currencies are actually demanded for. A large share of what an Indian household consumes — housing, food prepared at home, local transport, personal services — is never traded internationally, and those prices are far lower in India than in the United States.

Converting at the market rate therefore values those goods at US prices, which is the wrong price. PPP revalues the whole consumption basket at a common set of international prices, which is why it corrects India's income upward by nearly a factor of four while barely touching the United States — the US is the base against which the common prices are set.

Q10Using the World Bank's 2025 thresholds, classify these countries and say which group each falls in: Bangladesh (GNI/cap $1,470), China ($8,690), Brazil ($8,600), the United States ($58,270).

Thresholds: LIC < $1,175 · LMC < $4,635 · UMC < $14,375 · High > $14,375.

CountryGNI per capitaGroup
Bangladesh$1,470 Lower-middle income — above $1,175, below $4,635
China$8,690 Upper-middle income — above $4,635, below $14,375
Brazil$8,600 Upper-middle income — same band as China, and only $90 below it
United States$58,270 High income — far above $14,375

Two things to notice. First, China and Brazil are almost indistinguishable on this measure yet are usually treated as very different development stories — a reminder that the income group is a classification, not an explanation. Second, none of the four is in the low-income group, which is now small.

C · The instructor's own questions

These two are on the last slides of the deck, with the answers in the speaker notes.
Q11Which of the following is not an indicator used to compute the Human Development Index?
Correct.The instructor's answer is C. Infant mortality rate is not one of the three dimensions — health enters through life expectancy, education through literacy and enrolment (or, in the New HDI, through years of schooling), and living standards through income. Infant mortality is a development indicator but not an HDI component, which is exactly the distinction the question is testing.
Not quite.The instructor's answer is C — infant mortality rate. It is a development indicator, but the HDI's health dimension uses life expectancy at birth instead.
Q12Conditions of today's developed countries at the start of their industrialisation differ from conditions in the developing world in that:
Correct.The instructor's answer is D. All three statements are false as written: today's developing countries have higher population growth rates, have more advanced technology available to them (the latecomer's advantage), and have more development assistance available, not less.
Not quite.The instructor's answer is D — none of the above. Each statement is the reverse of the truth: population growth is higher now in developing countries, and both advanced technology and development assistance are more available to them than they were to the pioneers.

D · Extended answers

Write these out in full.
Q13Explain why the UNDP replaced the arithmetic mean with a geometric mean in 2010, and what the change implies about how the three dimensions of human development relate to one another.

The old HDI added the three component indexes and divided by three. An arithmetic mean treats the dimensions as perfect substitutes: a sufficiently high income index could compensate entirely for a poor health index, and the total would be unchanged. That is a very strong assumption, and in the context of human development it is implausible — a country where people are rich but die young is not equivalent to one where they are poorer but healthy.

The New HDI takes the cube root of the product instead. Because it is a product, a low value in any one dimension drags the whole index down in a way that strength elsewhere cannot fully offset. This is imperfect substitutability: the dimensions can be traded off against one another to a degree, but not without limit.

The implication is that the New HDI is more sensitive to imbalance. Two countries with the same arithmetic mean of the three components will not have the same New HDI — the more unequal one scores lower. Use the calculator above to see this: move one slider down and watch the gap between the two means widen.

The same logic was applied one level down: the education index is itself the geometric mean of the mean-years and expected-years sub-indexes, before being fed into the outer geometric mean.

Q14Why is a market exchange rate the wrong conversion factor for comparing incomes across countries, and what does PPP do instead?

A market exchange rate equates the prices of goods that are traded internationally, because those are the goods currencies are demanded to buy. But a large part of what households consume is non-traded — housing, local transport, personal services, food prepared at home. These cannot be shipped, so their prices are set by local supply and demand, and they are far cheaper where wages are low.

Converting a poor country's income at the market rate implicitly values all of its consumption at rich-country prices. The result is a systematic understatement of real income in poor countries. PPP corrects this by using a common set of international prices for all goods and services, so that the comparison measures what income actually buys rather than what it converts into.

The PPP conversion factor is defined as the units of foreign currency required to buy, in the local developing-country market, the identical quantity of goods and services that $1 buys in the United States. In the instructor's table this raises low-income countries from $775 to $2,127 — a factor of 2.74 — while leaving the United States at 1.03×, since it is the base.

Q15List the ten characteristics of the developing world. For any three of them, give the evidence from the chapter's tables.
  1. Lower levels of living and productivity
  2. Lower levels of human capital — health, education, skills
  3. Higher levels of inequality and absolute poverty
  4. Higher population growth rates
  5. Greater social fractionalisation
  6. Larger rural populations, but rapid rural-to-urban migration
  7. Lower levels of industrialisation and manufactured exports
  8. Adverse geography
  9. Underdeveloped financial and other markets
  10. Quality of institutions and external dependence

Evidence, for example:

  • Characteristic 1 — Figure 2.4: high-income countries take 58% of global income; Sub-Saharan Africa takes 2%.
  • Characteristic 2 — Figure 2.4 (mortality): under-5 mortality in low-income countries was 128 per 1,000 in 1990 and 38 in 2023, against 4 in high-income countries.
  • Characteristic 4 — Table 2.8: crude birth rates above 40 per 1,000 are concentrated in Sub-Saharan Africa, while most of Europe and East Asia now sits below 15.
  • Characteristic 7 — Table 2.11: Madagascar has 82% of men in agriculture against 25% of GDP from it, whereas South Korea has 7% of men in agriculture and 37% of GDP from industry.
Q16Give the eight ways today's low-income countries differ from today's developed countries at the start of their industrialisation, and explain why the comparison matters.
  1. Physical and human resource endowments
  2. Per capita incomes and levels of GDP relative to the rest of the world
  3. Climate
  4. Population size, distribution and growth
  5. Historic role of international migration
  6. International trade benefits
  7. Basic scientific and technological research and development capabilities
  8. Efficacy of domestic institutions

It matters because it rules out the naive reading of the growth record — that today's poor countries should simply repeat what Britain or Germany did. The conditions are not the same. Two of the differences work in the latecomer's favour (advanced technology is available to import; development assistance exists), and several work against it (climate and disease burden, far higher population growth, an existing industrial world setting the terms of trade).

The instructor's own question on this slide tests exactly this: three plausible-sounding statements about the pioneers are all false, and the correct answer is "none of the above".

Q17The HDI's stated advantage is that "a country can do much better than might be expected at a low level of income". Which column of Table 2.4 shows this, and give two examples at each extreme.

The final column, GNI per capita rank minus HDI rank. A positive value means the country ranks higher on human development than its income alone would predict.

Positive — better than income predictsNegative — worse than income predicts
Turkey +43Egypt −80
Bangladesh +20Brazil −40
Cuba +19, Guatemala +16, Russian Federation +15 South Korea −27, Sri Lanka −26, China −23, Ghana −22

Turkey and Bangladesh achieve levels of health and education well above what their income would suggest; Egypt and Brazil achieve well below. The same table shows the converse case too — Equatorial Guinea has a GNI per capita of $19,513 (higher than Turkey's $24,804 band suggests for its region) but an HDI of only 0.591, because that income is not being converted into health or education. Growth is not the same thing as development, and this column is the arithmetic of that claim.

Q18Distinguish GNI from GDP, and explain why the choice between them matters for a country with large remittance inflows. Why did the 2010 HDI reform switch from one to the other?

GDP is the total value for final use of output produced within an economy, by residents and non-residents alike. GNI is the total domestic and foreign value added claimed by a country's residents, without deducting depreciation of the domestic capital stock.

The difference is ownership versus location. A country with large remittance inflows — the Philippines, Bangladesh, Egypt — has residents earning income abroad that counts in GNI but not in GDP, so GNI exceeds GDP. A country hosting large amounts of foreign-owned capital has the opposite pattern.

The 2010 reform switched the HDI's income component from GDP per capita to GNI per capita because the index is meant to measure the command over resources available to people, not the output produced on a territory. Remittances genuinely raise a household's ability to buy health and education, which is what the other two dimensions measure — so an income measure that excluded them was understating the resources actually available to the population. The same logic runs through the other 2010 changes: each one moves the index closer to what people actually have.

E · The long-run causes

From §2.6, which the slides do not cover. This is the textbook's own framing rather than the instructor's, so treat it as background rather than as a likely exam question.
Q19What is the "reversal of fortune" that Acemoglu, Johnson and Robinson document?
Correct.The areas richest before colonisation — dense, urbanised, well organised — are often the poorest now. It is a falsification test of the geography explanation: if geography were fundamental, they would still be rich.
Not quite.It is the finding that pre-colonial prosperity predicts present-day poverty. Dense, organised populations were easier for colonisers to take over for tribute, so they got extractive institutions rather than settlement.
Q20Why is settler mortality offered as an instrumental variable rather than just another cause?
Correct.That is what makes it an instrument rather than a control: it has to affect the outcome only through the causal channel you are testing. Countries cannot be randomly assigned different levels of inequality, so this is how the causal claim gets made.
Not quite.An instrument must affect the outcome only through the variable of interest. Settler mortality is claimed to shape institutions without directly shaping income today — that exclusion is the whole argument, and it is contestable.
Q21Engerman and Sokoloff explain why North America and Latin America diverged. Set out the argument, and name the mechanism by which the resulting inequality persisted.

The argument runs from what the land could grow to who worked it.

  1. Where climate suited plantation agriculture Particularly sugar, which had large scale economies — slavery and other mass exploitation of labour were introduced
  2. Where indigenous populations survived contact and minerals were present Vast land grants were issued that included claims to the labour of the people living on them (by Spain)
  3. Different endowments, same outcome Both produced high economic and political inequality
  4. North America differed because of its endowments Grain lacked the scale economies of tropical agriculture and mineral extraction; scarce labour with abundant land inhibited the concentration of power; and attracting settlers required more egalitarian institutions
  5. Which is why the poorer starting societies overtook the richer ones Egalitarian access facilitated broad-based innovation, entrepreneurship and investment — the US and Canada surpassed societies whose populations were mostly illiterate, disenfranchised and lacking collateral

The persistence mechanism is the social conflict theory of institutions. Extreme inequality meant less investment in human capital and in public goods, and less movement toward democratic institutions — because elites blocked both, since each would erode their position. Causality runs in both directions, since education and institutions reinforce one another.

The textbook is explicit that this is not a story about gentler colonisers. The treatment of Native Americans and of slaves in the southern colonies shows that. The difference was in what the land was suited to and how much labour it took to work it — not in who was doing the colonising.

Chapter 3

Classic Theories of Economic Growth and Development

Todaro & Smith, Economic Development, Ch. 3 Source: Chapter3.pptx — 81 slides Three interactive models · instructor's exercises with answers

This is the model chapter, and the one that carries the most examinable machinery. It opens with the stylised facts of growth — the Great Divergence, catch-up, and the awkward fact that convergence shows up in growth rates but not in income levels — and then works through four families of theory that each tried to explain those facts: the linear stages, the structural-change models, the international-dependence school, and the neoclassical counterrevolution whose centrepiece, the Solow model, is still the starting point for growth economics.

The theories are not a list. Each one is a reply to the one before it, and the replies are what the exam asks about. The three interactive models below — Harrod-Domar, Lewis, and Solow — are the ones you should be able to draw from memory and reason about when a parameter moves.

1

Concept Map

how the chapter builds
The facts to be explained Growth is recent, it diverged, and it sometimes converges. Every theory in the chapter is an attempt to account for that pattern.
four families of explanation, in historical order
3.2 Linear stages 阶段增长模型 Rostow's stages. Development as a sequence every country must pass through. The Harrod-Domar model supplies the arithmetic: g = s/c.
3.3 Structural change 结构变革 Lewis's two-sector surplus-labour model. Development as labour moving from agriculture to industry.
both assume the process works if you get the quantities right — so the next two attack that
3.4 International dependence 国际依附革命理论 Neocolonial dependence, core–periphery, the false-paradigm model, the dualistic-development thesis. Development is blocked from outside.
3.5 Neoclassical counterrevolution 新古典主义革命 The reply: free markets, public choice, market-friendly approaches. Government failure is the problem, not the solution.
which brings the field to its dominant model
The Solow model 索洛 Diminishing returns, capital accumulation made endogenous, and a steady state. Explains catch-up — and predicts its own limits.
Its verdict Capital accumulation cannot sustain long-run growth. The engine must be technical progress, which the model leaves unexplained.
and finally, back to the data
3.6 Reconciling 协调 Governments fail, but so do markets. No universally accepted paradigm.
Where this goes next Later chapters take up what Solow leaves out — technology, institutions, and the microeconomics of poverty.
2

Growth over the Very Long Run

slides 3–13 · Todaro 13e §2.5, not Ch. 3

Sustained growth is recent

Sustained increases in standards of living are a recent phenomenon. Modern economic growth emerged only in the most recent two or three centuries. Until about 12,000 years ago humans were hunters and gatherers; the agricultural revolution around 10,000 BC brought settlements and eventually cities, but even the sporadic peaks of achievement that followed were characterised by low average living standards — wages in ancient Greece and Rome were roughly equal to wages in fifteenth-century Britain or seventeenth-century France, all of them well before modern growth began.

The instructor's figure plots average world GDP per capita from 1 to 2010 (Maddison's data). It is flat for most of its length and then turns up sharply. His framing of the timescale is worth remembering: compress the 130,000 years since modern humans appeared into a single day, and the era of modern growth would have begun only in the last three minutes.

The Great Divergence 分化

Divergence 分化
A tendency for per capita income (or output) to grow faster in higher-income countries than in lower-income ones, so that the income gap widens across countries over time.
The Great Divergence
The recent era of increased difference in standards of living across countries.

The magnitudes are the thing to remember:

WhenHow much per capita GDP differed across countries
Before 1700By a factor of only two or three
TodayBy a factor of 50 for several countries

Since 1700, living standards in the richest countries have risen from roughly $500 per person to approaching $45,000 — a factor of 90 in a period that is a flash in human history.

Modern growth around the world

After the Second World War, growth in Germany and Japan accelerated sharply — Japan averaging nearly 6% per year between 1950 and 1990 — and both settled at roughly three-quarters of the US level. The United Kingdom was the richest country in the late nineteenth century, then slipped because it grew substantially slower than the United States; since 1950 the two have grown at more or less the same rate, with UK income staying at about three-quarters of the US level. Brazil accelerated until 1980 and then stagnated; China and India have had the reverse pattern.

In per capita terms the ratios are: Japan and the United Kingdom about 3/4 of the United States, Brazil and China about 1/5, and Ethiopia only about 1/40.

Convergence 趋同
Poorer countries will grow faster to "catch up" to the level of income in richer countries.
Technology transfer 技术转移
The mechanism that makes convergence plausible: developing countries can leapfrog over some of the earlier stages of technological development rather than inventing each one themselves.

Reasons to expect convergence

  1. Technology transfer Enables developing countries to leapfrog earlier stages — no need to rediscover the steam engine
  2. Diminishing returns to factor accumulation An extra machine adds more output where machines are scarce — so the poor should grow faster

The slide's own caution: divergence occurred for two centuries from the start of the industrial revolution, but the most recent data demonstrate that, on average, (re-)convergence is now underway. "Expect convergence if conditions are similar" is the qualification that later becomes conditional convergence.

Four periods of the convergence record

PeriodWhat happened
1952–1965 No global convergence pattern emerged; Japan achieved rapid catch-up growth, while China and India stagnated at very low income levels.
1965–1978 Japan sustained strong growth and narrowed its income gap with the US, but China and India remained slow-growing low-income economies.
1991–2004 China's growth took off, and clear global relative convergence appeared for the first time, driven by large developing economies.
2004–2017 Global convergence deepened further, with China and India both maintaining rapid catch-up while advanced economies grew modestly.

Growth convergence ≠ absolute income convergence

This is the chapter's sharpest empirical point, and it is easy to get wrong. Over 1990–2017:

Country or groupIncome growth, 1990–2017
China+412%
India+389%
Sub-Saharan Africa+67%
High-income OECD countries+68%

China and India grew far faster than the high-income OECD countries. But because they started from such a low base, the absolute gap in per capita income between them and the advanced economies still widened substantially. Relative convergence — closing the ratio — is not the same thing as absolute convergence, which would mean closing the difference.

Data source on the slide: Penn World Table.

⚠️ Trap

This is the single most confusable pair of ideas in the chapter. A poor country growing at 7% while a rich one grows at 2% is converging in relative terms — the ratio of incomes is falling. But if the poor country started at $1,000 and the rich at $40,000, the absolute gap grows: 7% of $1,000 is $70, while 2% of $40,000 is $800. Convergence in the growth-rate sense is compatible with divergence in the income-level sense, and both were happening at once over 1990–2017.

A broad sample of countries

Over 1960–2007, growth rates across countries ranged from −23% to +16% per year. Some countries exhibited a negative growth rate; others sustained nearly 6%; most sustained about 2%. Per capita GDP in 2007 varied by a factor of about 64. The lesson the slide draws is the familiar one: small differences in growth rates result in large differences in standards of living over a few decades.

📖 Where to find this in the book

Everything in this section — the Great Divergence, the two reasons to expect convergence, the four periods — belongs to Chapter 2 of the 13th edition, §2.5 "Are Living Standards of Developing and Developed Nations Converging?" (pages 108–115), not to Chapter 3. The deck moves it to the front of its Chapter 3 because it is the evidence the growth theories have to explain, which is a defensible way to teach it but makes the book's contents page misleading if you are trying to follow along.

The mapping in full, for reference:

What this deck calls itWhere the 13th edition puts it
Ch3, growth facts (this section) Chapter 2, §2.5, pp. 108–115
Ch4 §4.1 "How Low-Income Countries Differ…" (deck Ch2 §2.5) Appendix 2.2, pp. 149–156
Old arithmetic HDI (deck Ch2 §2.3) Appendix 2.1, pp. 143–148
Solow model (deck Ch3, main text) Appendix 3.2, pp. 194–198
Endogenous growth theory Appendix 3.3, pp. 199–204 — not in the deck at all
Components of economic growth Appendix 3.1, pp. 188–193 — not in the deck at all

The pattern is worth noting: the 13th edition has pushed much of what the deck teaches as core into appendices, and added §2.6 "Long-Run Causes of Comparative Development" (institutions, geography, colonial legacies) to the Chapter 2 body in its place. The deck is built on an earlier edition — its footers read Copyright © 2012 Pearson Addison-Wesley — so the mismatch is expected rather than a sign you have the wrong book.

3

3.1 Classic Theories: Four Approaches

slide 14 · Todaro 13e §3.1

The chapter organises the field into four families. Each is a claim about what causes underdevelopment, and therefore about what should be done.

ApproachCore claimThe prescription
Linear stages of growth 阶段增长模型 Development is a series of successive stages through which all countries must pass. Get the savings and investment to the level that moves you to the next stage.
Theories and patterns of structural change 结构变革 Use modern economic theory and statistical analysis to portray the internal process of structural change. Manage the reallocation of labour and output from agriculture to industry.
International-dependence revolution 国际依附革命理论 External and internal institutional and political constraints on economic development. Remove the structural dependence; reform the international order and domestic elites.
Neoclassical free-market counterrevolution Emphasise free markets, open economies, and the privatisation of inefficient public enterprises. Get the state out of the way.
4

3.2 Development as Growth: Rostow and Harrod-Domar

slides 15–24 · Todaro 13e §3.2 · model 1

Rostow's stages of growth

The classic statement of the linear-stages view: the transition from underdevelopment to development can be described in terms of a series of steps or stages through which all countries must proceed. The sequence is what gives the family its name, and the assumption that the sequence is universal is what the later critiques attack.

The Harrod-Domar growth model

The model the stages view needed to make its arithmetic work. Its appeal to scholars and politicians is that it is very simple — and its origin is the Marshall Plan of 1948–51, where the question was precisely how much investment a country needed to hit a growth target. Two economists developed it independently in the 1940s: Roy Harrod (England) and Evsey Domar (MIT).

The derivation

Start from the identity between saving and investment. If the saving rate is s and the capital-output ratio is c — the amount of capital needed for one unit of increase in GDP — then:

S = sY = cΔY = ΔK = I (3.5)

Saving equals the saving rate times income; that saving finances investment; investment adds to the capital stock; and the capital required is c times the increase in output.

sY = cΔY (3.6)

Rearranging (3.6) gives the model's central result — the rate of growth of GDP:

ΔY Y = s c (3.7)
💬 Think

The slide also writes it the other way up, Y = ΔK / s, with the annotation "GDP depends on K". That is the same equation read right-to-left, and it states the model's underlying claim: to get more output you need more capital, and how much capital you can get depends on how much you save.

In the absence of government, the growth rate of national income will be directly related to the savings ratio and inversely related to the economy's capital-output ratio. That is the whole policy content of the model: to grow faster, save more or make capital more productive.

What determines c?

The slide pushes on the capital-output ratio, since it is the more interesting of the two parameters.

Capital intensity
Steel production needs far more capital per unit of output than apparel does, so a country's sectoral mix moves c.
Efficiency
Idle machines still count in K but produce nothing, which raises the measured c. c is therefore partly a measure of how badly the capital stock is used.

Empirically, over 1970–2019 capital-output ratios followed clearly divergent patterns across economies (Penn World Table): Japan and South Korea saw a steady long-term increase driven by sustained capital deepening; the US ratio remained relatively stable; most Latin American and African economies spiked sharply in the 1980s amid economic distress and then declined; India and Indonesia dipped in the 1980s before returning to a gradual upward trend.

Model 1

Harrod-Domar: the growth rate and the production function behind it

Drag the sliders to move g = s/c. Switch to the second mode to run it backwards — what savings rate does a target growth rate require?

The fixed-coefficient production function

The model's assumptions are easiest to see in the production function. Capital (K) and labour (L) are always used in a fixed proportion; there are constant returns to scale, so doubling both doubles output. The slide's example: to produce 100 tons of cement a year a country needs $10 million of capital and 100 workers.

Worked The slide's two questions
100 tons of cement per year requires $10 m of capital and 100 workers
  1. How many tons when K = $20 m and L = 200? Both inputs doubled → constant returns to scale → 200 tons
  2. How many tons when K = $15 m and L = 200? 200 workers could produce 200 tons, but $15 m of capital supports only 150 tons → output is 150 tons, and 50 workers are redundant
The production function is Y = min{10K, L} — a Leontief, or fixed-coefficient, form. Output is set by whichever input is scarcer.

With that functional form, the isoquants are right-angled rather than smooth: to produce a given level of output you need at least a certain amount of both inputs, and extra quantities of one alone do nothing. The kink of each isoquant lies on the ray K/L = 1/10, which is why the model implies capital and labour must grow at the same rate.

Criticisms of the stages model

Not suitable for long-term prediction
Because c changes over time, so g = s/c is not stable.
No technological change
The K/Y ratio is assumed constant — technology is outside the model.
Fixed K/L ratio, no substitution
Hiring one more worker cannot increase production without buying one more machine. This is the assumption the Solow model removes.
K and L must grow at the same rate
Otherwise there will be unemployment of one resource or the other — the economy falls off the knife-edge.
Assumes the institutions exist
The social and institutional structures necessary for production and growth are assumed rather than explained.
Assumes the state can set s and I
A country is assumed able to determine its own savings and investment — which is precisely what the dependence school denies.

The instructor's note adds the practical objection: in reality, more saving and investment is not a necessary condition for economic growth.

⚠️ Trap

The knife-edge is the term the instructor bolded on the slide, and it is worth being able to explain. Because K and L must be used in exactly the fixed proportion, an economy that accumulates capital faster than it grows its labour force ends up with idle machines; one that grows labour faster ends up with unemployed workers. There is no price mechanism in the model to bring the two back together — the economy balances on a knife edge, and any deviation is permanent.

📖 Beyond the slides

The full account of what actually drives growth sits in Todaro 13e Appendix 3.1, which the deck skips entirely. It names three components, and the third is the one every classic model in this chapter leaves outside itself.

  • Capital accumulation — new investment in land, physical equipment and human resources. Its defining feature is a trade-off between present and future consumption. Note the extension the deck never makes: directly productive investment is supplemented by social and economic infrastructure — roads, electricity, water, sanitation, communications. A farmer who buys a tractor gains nothing if there is no transport to get the extra crop to market. Investment also works by raising the quality of what already exists: irrigation that lets 100 hectares produce what 200 did is equivalent to doubling the land.
  • Population and labour force growth — traditionally counted as positive, since more workers and larger domestic markets both help. But the text is careful: whether it helps or hurts depends on the economy's ability to absorb and productively employ the added workers, which depends in turn on the rate and kind of capital accumulation.
  • Technological progress — classified three ways: neutral (more output from the same inputs, equivalent to doubling every input), labour-saving, and capital-saving.

That last distinction carries a point worth remembering. Progress since the late nineteenth century has been overwhelmingly labour-saving, because most of the world's research is done in developed countries, where labour is the scarce factor. But in labour-abundant, capital-scarce developing countries it is capital-saving progress that is needed most — cheaper, more labour-intensive methods. That mismatch between what the world's research produces and what poor countries actually need is the same problem the Lewis model's "antidevelopment growth" describes from the other direction.

5

3.3 Structural-Change Models: the Lewis Two-Sector Model

slides 25–40 · Todaro 13e §3.3 · model 2

The structural-change family studies the transformation of an agricultural economy into a more industrialised one, using the tools of neoclassical price and resource-allocation theory and econometrics. Two landmarks: W. Arthur Lewis's "two-sector surplus labour" theory, and Hollis B. Chenery and coauthors' "patterns of development" empirical analysis. Lewis — Saint Lucian, Nobel Memorial Prize 1979 — is the one the chapter develops in detail.

The model's setting
Applies to surplus-labour developing nations around the 1970s, and to China today. Two sectors: agriculture (with surplus labour) and industry.
The mechanism
Labour transfers to the modern sector. The modern sector grows, which drives economic growth. The urban wage rate is constant — a little higher than the subsistence wage in rural areas.

The agricultural sector

Fixed capital KA and unchanging technology tA, so production varies only with labour input LA. Four properties:

  1. Decreasing returns in terms of labour Adding workers to fixed land adds less and less output
  2. Zero return to labour after a certain point This is surplus labour: production does not increase with extra labour
  3. All workers share the production equally So the wage equals the average product, not the marginal product

Mechanically, the story runs: draw a production function that becomes flat at a certain point; from it derive the MP curve, which is also the labour demand curve and which turns zero at the same point where the TP curve becomes flat. There is no labour supply curve — employment is up to the point where MP becomes zero, and the wage is determined by the average product, because there is no labour market in the conventional sense. It is a subsistence economy, and WA = TPA / LA.

The industrial (modern) sector

The same construction, with two changes. Draw a production function; derive the MP curve, which is again the labour demand curve. But the labour supply is horizontal — perfectly elastic — and the wage in the modern sector is higher than the agricultural wage. Labour supply and labour demand together determine the wage level and employment in the industrial sector.

The reason the supply is horizontal is the whole point: while surplus labour exists in agriculture, the modern sector can hire as many workers as it wants at the going wage, because those workers are producing nothing where they are. The wage only has to be slightly above the agricultural wage to attract them.

The two sectors together: migration and industrialisation

Put the panels side by side and the model becomes a theory of development. Modern-sector growth raises the demand for labour; the higher wage pulls workers out of agriculture; the modern sector expands and the economy grows. This self-sustaining growth will not last forever, though:

  1. Surplus labour is eventually absorbed Once the modern sector has hired everyone who was producing nothing
  2. Further withdrawal reduces agricultural output Because the next workers to leave were producing something
  3. The marginal product of agricultural labour rises above zero More land per person remaining
  4. Cheap labour is gone; the industrial wage must rise Which means an upward-sloping labour supply curve
Model 2

The Lewis two-sector model, after Figure 3.1

Push the industrial capital stock up and watch labour demand shift from D1(KM1) to D3(KM3). While the intersection stays on the flat part of the supply curve, output and profit rise but the wage does not — which is exactly the result in the instructor's exercise answers.

Criticisms of the Lewis model

Surplus labour rural, full employment urban
The model assumes surplus labour in rural areas but full employment in urban areas. This is not true in reality — the instructor's own question is "China?"
Constant urban wage
The model assumes a constant wage in the urban sector until all surplus labour is absorbed. Not true either: unions and multinational corporations tend to raise urban salaries substantially.
Capitalists only duplicate production
The model assumes that when capitalists make money they reinvest in the same technology. They could instead invest in labour-saving technology — which produces antidevelopment growth.
💬 Think

The third criticism is the one the chapter develops graphically, and it is the sharpest. Suppose KM2 technology requires much less labour per unit of output than KM1 technology does. Even though total output grows substantially — 0D2EL1 is significantly greater than 0D1EL1 — total wages (0WMEL1) and employment (L1) remain unchanged. All the extra income and output growth is distributed to the few owners of capital, while income and employment for the mass of workers stay where they were.

That is why the instructor bolded the term: growth has occurred by every national-accounts measure, and nothing has happened to the workers it was supposed to benefit. The labour productivity of the L1th worker is still WM.

6

3.4 The International-Dependence Revolution

slides 41–42 · Todaro 13e §3.4

The dependence school denies the premise of both families above: that development is a matter of getting the quantities right. It argues that developing countries are held where they are by external and internal institutional and political constraints — and that the obstacles are therefore structural, not technical.

The neocolonial dependence model 新殖民主义

An indirect outgrowth of Marxist thinking. Its elements:

Legacy of colonialism
The economic structures left behind when formal empire ended — export orientation, dependence on a few commodities, institutions built for extraction.
Unequal power
Relations between rich and poor countries are not bargains between equals, and the terms reflect that.
Core (the developed) – periphery (外围) (the developing)
The world economy as a system in which the core extracts surplus from the periphery, and the periphery's condition is a consequence of the core's prosperity rather than an independent fact.
The false-paradigm model 虚假范例模型
The pitfalls of using "expert" foreign advisors who misapply developed-country models. Advice built on the wrong model produces policies that fail, and the failure is then blamed on the country.

The dualistic-development thesis 二元发展论

The second strand, which is about structure rather than power. Four propositions:

  1. Superior and inferior elements can coexist A modern sector and a traditional one can exist side by side in the same economy
  2. The coexistence is chronic It does not resolve itself over time; it is a stable state, not a transition
  3. The degrees of superiority or inferiority tend to increase The gap widens rather than narrowing
  4. The superior element does little or nothing to pull up the inferior Which is the direct contradiction of the Lewis model's prediction
⚠️ Trap

Proposition 4 is the one to notice, because it is a direct empirical denial of Lewis. Lewis's model says the modern sector absorbs the traditional one through labour migration; the dualism thesis says the modern sector coexists with, and even deepens, the traditional one. Both are describing the same two sectors — they disagree about whether the relationship between them is convergent or self-reinforcing.

Criticisms and limitations

CriticismWhat it says
It does little to show how to achieve development in a positive sense The school is strong on diagnosis and weak on prescription. Knowing what is blocking development is not the same as knowing what would start it.
Accumulating counterexamples China and India, above all. Both were peripheral by any definition, both were subject to the constraints the theory describes, and both grew rapidly anyway.

The instructor's note records the school's own prescription in one word: autarky is best — cutting the ties to the core rather than negotiating better terms within them.

7

3.5 The Neoclassical Counterrevolution: Market Fundamentalism

slides 43–44 · Todaro 13e §3.5

The counterrevolution challenges the statist 计划经济 model — the assumption, shared by the stages models and the dependence school alike, that the state is the agent of development. It comes in three flavours, which the slide distinguishes carefully.

ApproachIts claimHow far it goes
Free market approach 自由市场分析 Markets alone are efficient. The strongest claim — no market failure worth correcting.
Public choice approach 公共选择理论 Government does nothing right. A claim about incentives: officials pursue their own interests, not the public's.
Market-friendly approach 亲善市场理论 Admits market failure. The weakest claim — markets are best but not perfect, so selective intervention can be justified.

Main arguments

  1. Denies the efficiency of intervention Planning does not improve on the market outcome
  2. Points up state-owned enterprise failures Public firms are inefficient — the case for privatisation
  3. Stresses government failures Rent-seeking, capture, and the political economy of policy

And one theoretical point, which is the bridge to the Solow model: traditional neoclassical growth theory — with diminishing returns — cannot sustain growth by capital accumulation alone.

⚠️ Trap

Do not merge the three approaches. They are ordered by how much they concede: the free-market approach concedes nothing, the public-choice approach concedes that markets exist but attacks government motive, and the market-friendly approach concedes that markets can fail. The slide introduces all three under the single heading of "challenging the statist model", which makes them look interchangeable — they are not.

8

The Solow Growth Model

slides 44–72 · Todaro 13e App. 3.2 · model 3 · the centrepiece

Developed in the mid-1950s by Robert Solow of MIT, and the basis for the Nobel Prize he received in 1987. The slide's framing of the question it answers is worth keeping: in 1960 South Korea and the Philippines were similar in many respects — per capita GDP about $1,800 and $2,200 respectively, less than 15% of the US level; populations of about 25 million, half of working age; similar fractions working in industry and agriculture. Between 1960 and 2007 their paths diverged dramatically: the Philippines grew at about 1.7% per year, South Korea at just under 6%, reaching nearly $24,000 against the Philippines' $5,000. The Solow model is the starting point for understanding that difference.

What it adds to the production model

Capital stock is no longer exogenous 外生
Rather than being given at some fixed level outside the model, agents accumulate tools, machines, computers and buildings over time.
Capital stock is now "endogenised" 内生
Converted from an exogenous variable into an endogenous one. This one change is the whole difference from the production model.
Accumulation as a possible engine of growth
The model allows us to consider whether capital accumulation can sustain long-run growth — and, as it turns out, answers no.

Assumptions: the neoclassical production function

K/L and K/Y are not fixed
They vary, depending on the endowment of the economy. This is the assumption the Harrod-Domar model refused.
Decreasing returns to capital
Each extra machine adds less output than the one before.
Substitution between labour and capital
The isoquants are smooth and convex, not right-angled.

The Cobb-Douglas production function

Most popular function form for production. Assume A is determined exogenously; it has decreasing returns to capital.

Y = AK0.5L0.5

Note that the slides use the square-root case specifically: both exponents are 0.5, so α = 0.5 throughout. That matters for the steady state below.

Worked The slide's own example
A = 1, K = 10, L = 100
  1. Find Y Y = 1 × 100.5 × 1000.5 = √10 × 10 = 31.62
  2. Double K. What is Y now? Y = 1 × 200.5 × 1000.5 = √20 × 10 = 44.72
  3. Is Y doubled? No. 2 × 31.62 = 63.25 ≠ 44.72. Output rose by a factor of 1.414 = √2
Doubling capital alone raises output by only √2 ≈ 1.41, because the exponents sum to 1 (constant returns to scale in K and L together) but each exponent individually is less than 1 (diminishing returns to each alone).

Dividing through by L: the per-worker form

The model is solved in per-worker terms. Divide both sides by L:

y ≡ YL = AK0.5L0.5 L = Ak0.5    where k = K/L

And in general form: y = Af(k).

⚠️ Trap

The slide asks the question directly: although Y has constant returns to scale with respect to K and L, y has decreasing returns with respect to k. Why? Because k is the number of machines per worker: when k is small, adding machines raises productivity a lot; when k is already large, adding machines raises productivity less. The doubling of K in the example above doubled k but did not double y — that is DRTS in action, and it is the mechanism the whole model rests on.

The capital accumulation equation

This is the second equation of the Solow model:

Δk = sy − (n + d)k

s = saving rate · y = output per worker · n = population growth rate · d = depreciation rate

The growth of the capital-labour ratio relies on three things: savings, population growth and depreciation. The two equations — y = Af(k) and Δk = sy − (n+d)k — together determine the equilibrium.

The Solow diagram

Three lines on axes of k (horizontal) and y (vertical): the production function y = Af(k), the saving curve sy below it, and the straight line (n+d)k from the origin.

When k is small
sy > (n+d)k. Saving per person is larger than the amount needed to compensate for new workers and depreciation, so k increases and the economy shifts right.
When k is large
sy < (n+d)k. k decreases and the economy shifts left.
Steady state
When k is at point S, sy = (n+d)k. The amount saved per person exactly equals the amount needed to compensate for new workers and depreciation, so k does not change and the economy stays at S.
Model 3

The Solow diagram and the transition to the steady state

Move any parameter and the steady state recomputes. The arrows show which way the economy is travelling at each level of k. Switch to the two-country mode to see the catch-up argument — and why it is the model's weakest prediction.

At the steady state

k and y are constant. Are K and Y also constant? No. Remember that Y = yL and K = kL, and L is growing at a rate of n. Therefore Y and K grow at a rate of n. The instructor's example: if y = 10 and L is growing at 2%, then Y is growing at 2%.

The closed form is worth knowing, because it makes the comparative statics immediate. Setting sy = (n+d)k and substituting y = Akα:

k* = ( sA n + d )1/(1−α)    which for α = 0.5 is simply    k* = ( sA n + d )2

Different initial conditions: the catch-up argument

Suppose two countries X and Z have the same A, f, s, n and d, but country X has larger k and y than country Z. Which country grows faster?

Worked Which country grows faster?
  1. Country Z grows faster Because f(k) has decreasing returns, at a lower level of k the slope of f(k) is larger — the same change in k produces a larger change in y
  2. This is the famous catch-up theory Poorer countries grow faster
  3. And the prediction Poor and rich countries reach the same level of per capita GDP eventually
This is the principle of transition dynamics: a country further from its steady state grows faster.

Can a country grow in the long run?

Short-run versus long-run is the whole content of this question. In the short run the economy may not be at the steady state, and k and y may grow. In the long run the economy reaches the steady state, and k and y are stable. So capital accumulation cannot sustain growth — and the chapter is explicit that this is a drawback, because empirically economies appear to continue growing over time.

Strengths and weaknesses of the Solow model

StrengthsWeaknesses
It provides a theory that determines how rich a country is in the long run — long run = steady state. It focuses on investment and capital, while the much more important factor of TFP is still unexplained.
The principle of transition dynamics allows an understanding of differences in growth rates across countries: a country further from the steady state will grow faster. It does not explain why different countries have different investment and productivity rates. A more complicated model could endogenise the investment rate.
Its key elements lie at the heart of virtually every model in modern macroeconomics: a production function in capital and labour, and an accumulation equation showing how forgoing consumption today raises the capital stock tomorrow. It does not provide a theory of sustained long-run economic growth.

Countries will be rich to the extent that they have a high rate of investment, a high TFP level, and a low rate of depreciation. The model's own verdict on capital accumulation is blunt: because of diminishing returns, an economy accumulating capital sees the marginal product of capital decline, until eventually the additional output produced by investment is only just enough to offset wear and tear. At that point growth stops.

📖 Beyond the slides

The gap the deck flags at the end of this section is answered in Todaro 13e Appendix 3.3. Endogenous growth theory exists precisely to close it, and the argument is examinable as a contrast with Solow.

The problem it attacks. In the Solow model, the growth of income per head that is not explained by labour or capital accumulation is dumped into a residual — the Solow residual — and that residual accounts for roughly 50% of historical growth in the industrialised nations. Calling half of all growth "exogenous technological progress" has two drawbacks: you cannot analyse what determines technological advance, because it is independent of any economic agent's decisions; and the theory cannot explain why residuals differ so much between countries using similar technologies. There was a third puzzle — developing countries have low capital-labour ratios and so should offer high returns, yet capital kept flowing from poor countries to rich ones.

The reformulation. Drop the assumption of diminishing returns to capital, allow increasing returns to scale, and let investment in physical and human capital generate externalities that exceed the private gain. Many such models collapse to the same simple form as the Harrod-Domar equation:

Y = A K

A represents anything affecting technology; K covers both physical and human capital. There are no diminishing returns in this form, which is the whole point — capital accumulation can now sustain growth indefinitely.

Note what that does to the chapter's structure: the AK form is Harrod-Domar's equation, the very thing Solow's model was built to replace. Endogenous growth theory puts it back, with the no-diminishing-returns assumption made explicit rather than assumed away.

⚠️ Trap

The sharpest consequence, and the likeliest thing to be examined as a contrast: endogenous growth theory predicts no convergence at all. Growth rates remain constant and differ across countries according to national savings rates and technology levels, and there is no tendency for capital-poor countries to catch up with rich ones that share their savings and population growth rates. A recession in one country can cause a permanent widening of the income gap.

Set that against Solow's conditional convergence and against Barro's two figures below. The field is arguing with itself, and the disagreement is exactly what a compare-and-contrast question would ask for.

9

The Solow Model: Empirical Evidence

slides 68–72 · Todaro 13e §3.5

The test case is Robert Barro, 1991, "Economic growth in a cross section of countries," Quarterly Journal of Economics — a paper using regression techniques, on 98 countries over 1960–1985, asking whether incomes converge.

FigureWhat it shows
Barro Figure 1 No sign of convergence. The raw scatter of growth against initial per capita GDP has no negative slope — poor countries were not systematically growing faster.
Barro Figure 2 Conditional convergence. Holding constant a set of variables that includes proxies for starting human capital, higher initial per capita GDP is substantially negatively related to subsequent per capita growth. The negative relationship appears once other variables are controlled for.

Why no unconditional convergence?

  1. The Solow model assumes the same steady state for every country If countries differ in s, n, d or A, they have different steady states and there is no reason for them to converge to each other
  2. Many other variables affect growth Such as initial human capital — which is why Barro's second regression controls for them
  3. A causality problem in the statistics Is it that saving causes growth of GDP, or growth of GDP causes saving?
⚠️ Trap

The distinction between the two figures is the examinable point. Unconditional (or absolute) convergence says poor countries grow faster than rich ones, full stop — and the data reject it. Conditional convergence says a country grows faster the further it is below its own steady state — and that survives, once you control for the determinants of the steady state. The Solow model actually predicts the conditional version, which is why the failure of the unconditional version is not as damaging as it first appears.

The instructor's closing slide on this section shows the growth rate of labour productivity in constant 2017 USD for China, Germany, Japan and the USA — the same comparison at the productivity level rather than the income level, and with the same pattern of faster growth in the catch-up economies.

10

3.6 Reconciling 协调 the Differences

slides 67, 73 · Todaro 13e §3.6

The chapter closes by refusing to pick a winner. The conclusions the slides draw:

Governments do fail, but so do markets
A balance is needed. This is the one sentence that summarises the whole chapter's argument between the four approaches.
Institutional and political realities matter
Any theory must attend to them in the developing world.
No universally accepted paradigm
Development economics has none, and the chapter does not pretend otherwise.
Insights are continually evolving
Each theory has some strengths and some weaknesses.

Relevance of growth theories to today's developing countries

The slide is candid about the limits of everything in the chapter:

They are elegant models that explain certain aspects of growth
Not nothing — the mechanism in each is real.
The biggest problem of all: the production process is a black box
Every model here takes technology and institutions as given rather than explaining them.
Practical questions the models do not answer
How to make people save and firms invest · how to make investment more efficient · whether agricultural workers automatically move to the cities and easily find a job — and if not, how to make the structural change happen.
Each country has its unique problem
Which is the strongest argument against any linear-stages view.
📖 Beyond the slides

The textbook closes the chapter with Case Study 3: South Korea and Argentina, which runs all four theories against two countries that were well matched in 1960 and then swapped places. It is the best worked example in the book of what "each theory has some strengths and some weaknesses" actually means in practice.

The reversal. In 2017 South Korea's per capita income was about $38,340 at PPP and Argentina's about $20,270 — but forty years earlier the position was exactly reversed, with Argentina's real income double South Korea's. Both are midsize and both were long classified as middle-income, which is what makes the comparison fair.

ApproachSouth KoreaArgentina
Stages Partly confirmed. Investment ran at only 15% of GNI in 1965 — below takeoff levels — then rose to 37% by 1990 and near 40% over 2000–2007. But Rostow's 1960 book never mentioned South Korea; he picked India. Few of the "preconditions for takeoff" were in place. Strongly contradicted. Argentina ranked 11th in the world on per capita income in 1870, ahead of Germany; it is not in the top 60 today. Rostow judged its takeoff "successful" in 1960, and growth was negative over 1965–1990.
Structural change Broadly confirmed, and closely follows Lewis — rising agricultural productivity, labour shifting from agriculture to industry, a growing capital stock, more education and skills, and the demographic transition. Income grew over 7% a year through 1965–1990. Little explanatory power. The transformation happened but did not deliver the growth the patterns models predict.
Dependence Seriously challenged. South Korea was a Japanese colony until 1945 and thereafter wholly dependent on the United States, and received enormous aid — yet graduated to OECD membership. Dependence theorists call it an exception. Contributes real insight — one of the two theories that does illuminate Argentina's history.
Neoclassical Also challenged. Far from a free-market story: development planning, tax breaks, export targets set for individual firms, orchestrated technology licensing, deliberate building of indigenous industry. Contributes insight, alongside the dependence reading.

The case study's verdict is §3.6's verdict in miniature: no single approach explains either country, and the pair is chosen precisely because the two theories that fail on South Korea are the two that work on Argentina. It is also worth holding onto the two policies the text singles out in South Korea as "of exceptional importance" — the most ambitious land reform programme in the developing world, and a strong emphasis on primary rather than university education.

11

The Instructor's Exercises

slides 76–80 · with his published answers

Two exercises were worked in class and appear at the end of the deck with full answers. They are the closest thing available to a worked exam question, and both are reproduced here verbatim.

Exercise 1 Harrod-Domar
A developing country's capital-output ratio c = 5, savings rate s = 12%
  1. What will be the initial GDP growth rate? g = s / c = 12% / 5 = 2.4%
  2. Technological advance causes c to fall to 4. How does this affect the growth rate? g = 12% / 4 = 3%
  3. Starting again from the initial situation, s rises to 15%. How does this affect the growth rate? g = 15% / 5 = 3%
  4. What does the Harrod-Domar model tell us about the sources of economic growth? The growth rate is directly related to the saving ratio, and inversely related to the capital-output ratio
Running it backwards is the way the model was actually used: to hit a 7% growth target with c = 3, the required saving rate is s = g × c = 7% × 3 = 21% — and the slide's own question is whether that is feasible in reality.
💬 Think

Parts (b) and (c) both give 3% by different routes — halving c and raising s by a quarter. That is the model's practical content: growth can be raised either by saving more or by making capital more productive, and the two are substitutes on a one-for-one basis in this arithmetic. Whether a real economy can actually deliver either is the question the criticisms section takes up.

Exercise 2 Lewis two-sector model
Refer to Figure 3.1 in Todaro & Smith. Draw a single graph with the real wage in the modern sector (MPLM) on the vertical axis and the quantity of modern-sector labour (QLM) on the horizontal.
  1. Draw a labour supply curve that is initially perfectly elastic — horizontal — but becomes steeply and positively sloped at a certain point. Then draw a single downward-sloping labour demand curve that intersects the perfectly elastic portion of the supply curve.
  2. What area represents total modern-sector output? What areas represent the share paid to labourers as wages, and the share paid to capitalists? Answer (a) below
  3. Reinvestment of profits raises labour demand. Draw the new demand curve to the right of the original, still intersecting the elastic portion. What happens to total output and to the returns paid to labourers and capitalists? Answer (b) below
  4. Now suppose further reinvestment, but all surplus labour has already migrated, so the new demand curve intersects the steep portion of the supply curve. What happens now? Answer (c) below
(a) Initial position
Total output is represented by area 0D1FL1. Returns to labour are represented by 0WM1FL1, and returns to capital by WM1D1F.
(b) Demand shifts right, still on the elastic portion
Total output grows to area 0D2GL2. Returns to labour rise to 0WM1GL2, but note that the wage for each worker does not rise. Returns to capital increase to area WM1D2G.
(c) Demand shifts right again, now past the turning point
Total output grows to area 0D3HL3. Returns to labour rise to the area 0WM2HL3. Notice that not only does total employment rise, the wage per worker also rises. Returns to capital increase to area WM2D3H. It is not clear whether returns to capitalists have increased, decreased, or stayed the same as compared with part (b). In any case, returns to capitalists are now growing more slowly than before.
⚠️ Trap

The point of part (b) is that the wage is unchanged while output and profit both rise. That is the labour-surplus phase, and it is counter-intuitive enough to be worth stating plainly: employment goes up, total wages go up, output goes up, profit goes up — and every worker is paid exactly what they were paid before. Part (c) is where that finally breaks, and it is only then that the model delivers a rising standard of living for workers.

12

Formula Sheet

print-friendly
Harrod-Domar: saving-investment identity
S = sY = cΔY = ΔK = I
Equations (3.5) in the slides. Saving finances investment, which adds to the capital stock.
Harrod-Domar growth rate
ΔY / Y = s / c
Equation (3.7). Directly related to the saving ratio, inversely related to the capital-output ratio.
Harrod-Domar, run backwards
s = g × c
The required saving rate for a target growth rate — the form the model was used in for the Marshall Plan.
Fixed-coefficient production function
Y = min{10K, L}
Leontief form. Right-angled isoquants; K/L fixed; no substitution.
Cobb-Douglas production function
Y = A K0.5 L0.5
The slides use α = 0.5 specifically. CRTS in K and L together.
Per-worker production function
y = Y/L = A k0.5  where k = K/L
General form y = Af(k). DRTS in k, because k is machines per worker.
Solow capital accumulation
Δk = sy − (n + d)k
The second equation of the Solow model. s = saving rate, n = population growth, d = depreciation.
Steady state condition
sy = (n + d)k
Point S. k stops changing, but Y and K still grow at rate n.
Steady-state capital, closed form
k* = (sA / (n+d))1/(1−α)
For α = 0.5, this collapses to k* = (sA / (n+d))².
Steady-state output
y* = A (k*)α
Since the slides set α = 0.5, y* = A √k*.
Lewis: agricultural wage
WA = TPA / LA
Wage equals the average product, because there is no labour market — all workers share output equally.
Lewis: modern-sector areas
Output 0D1FL1 = Wages 0WM1FL1 + Profit WM1D1F
Total output is the area under the demand curve; wages are the rectangle; profit is the remainder.
Growth rate spread, 1960–2007
−23% to +16% per year across countries
Most countries about 2%. Per capita GDP in 2007 varied by a factor of about 64.
Divergence, before and after
Before 1700: factor of 2–3 · Today: factor of 50
The Great Divergence. Richest countries rose from ~$500 to ~$45,000 per person.
13

Key Concepts

53 terms · 25 from the textbook

This chapter carries far more Chinese glosses than the other two — the theories are exactly what the instructor expects you to be able to name. Every term below with a 中文 anchor is one he glossed himself.

Divergence 分化
A tendency for per capita income to grow faster in higher-income countries than in lower-income ones, so the income gap widens over time.
Convergence 趋同
The opposite: poorer countries grow faster and catch up to richer ones. Distinguished from absolute income convergence, which the 1990–2017 data reject — China and India converged in growth rates while the absolute income gap widened.
Technology transfer 技术转移
The ability of developing countries to "leapfrog" earlier stages of technological development. A reason to expect convergence, provided conditions are similar.
Linear stages of growth 阶段增长模型
The view that development is a series of successive stages through which all countries must pass. Rostow's stages of growth are its classic statement.
Structural change 结构变革
The transformation of an agricultural economy into a more industrialised one, studied with neoclassical price theory and econometrics. Lewis's two-sector model and Chenery's patterns of development are its landmarks.
Harrod-Domar model
Growth as g = s/c. Its appeal is simplicity; its origin is the Marshall Plan. Assumes a fixed-coefficient production function, so K and L must grow together or the economy falls off the knife-edge.
Capital-output ratio (c)
The amount of capital needed for one unit of increase in GDP. Determined by capital intensity and by efficiency — idle machines raise measured c.
Knife-edge
The Harrod-Domar instability: because K and L must be used in a fixed proportion, any divergence in their growth rates leaves one of them unemployed with no mechanism to correct it.
Surplus labour
Labour whose marginal product in agriculture is zero — output does not increase if these workers leave. The condition that makes the Lewis model's horizontal labour supply possible.
Self-sustaining growth
In Lewis, the phase in which modern-sector expansion continuously absorbs surplus labour. It ends at the turning point, when the supply of labour stops being perfectly elastic.
Antidevelopment growth
Growth achieved by labour-saving technology that leaves wages and employment unchanged, distributing all the gain to capital owners. The instructor bolded this term.
Neocolonial dependence model 新殖民主义
The dependence school's core theory: an outgrowth of Marxist thinking in which the legacy of colonialism leaves the periphery structurally subordinate to the core.
Core and periphery 外围
The developed core and the developing periphery, in a relationship of unequal power in which the periphery's condition is a consequence of the core's prosperity.
False-paradigm model 虚假范例模型
The pitfalls of using "expert" foreign advisors who misapply developed-country models to developing-country conditions.
Dualistic-development thesis 二元发展论
Superior and inferior elements coexist; the coexistence is chronic; the degrees of superiority and inferiority tend to increase; and the superior element does little to pull up the inferior. A direct empirical denial of Lewis's convergence prediction.
Neoclassical counterrevolution 新古典主义革命
Market fundamentalism: the free market, public choice and market-friendly approaches that challenge the statist model. Denies the efficiency of intervention, points up state-owned enterprise failures, stresses government failures.
Statist model 计划经济
The assumption that the state is the agent of development — the target of the counterrevolution.
Free market approach 自由市场分析
Markets alone are efficient. The strongest of the three counterrevolution positions.
Public choice approach 公共选择理论
Government does nothing right — a claim about incentives rather than about markets. Officials pursue their own interests.
Market-friendly approach 亲善市场理论
The weakest counterrevolution position: it admits market failure, and so leaves room for selective intervention. Do not merge it with the free-market approach.
Solow model 索洛
Capital accumulation made endogenous, with diminishing returns. Predicts a steady state and conditional convergence — and concludes that capital accumulation cannot sustain long-run growth.
Exogenous 外生
Determined outside the model. In Solow, A — technology — remains exogenous, which is the model's central weakness.
Endogenous 内生
Determined inside the model. Solow's one change to the production model is to make the capital stock endogenous.
Steady state
The point S where sy = (n+d)k. k and y constant; Y and K still growing at rate n.
Transition dynamics
The principle that a country further below its steady state grows faster — the Solow model's explanation of growth-rate differences, and the basis of the catch-up argument.
Conditional vs unconditional convergence
Unconditional: poor countries grow faster, period — rejected by Barro Figure 1. Conditional: a country grows faster the further below its own steady state it is — supported by Figure 2 once other variables are controlled for.
TFP (total factor productivity)
The residual productivity term. Solow's second weakness: it is "still unexplained", and it matters more than capital for explaining income differences.
Reconciling 协调
The chapter's closing position: governments fail, but so do markets; a balance is needed; development economics has no universally accepted paradigm.
Necessary condition Todaro
A condition that must be present, though it need not be sufficient in itself, for an event to occur. Capital formation may be a necessary condition for sustained growth — there must be tools before output can grow — but social, institutional and attitudinal changes may also be needed for growth to continue.
Sufficient condition Todaro
A condition that, when present, causes or guarantees that an event will occur. The pair with the previous entry is the cleanest way to state the Harrod-Domar criticisms: high saving is necessary for growth but not sufficient for it.
Capital–labour ratio Todaro
The number of units of capital per unit of labour — the k of the Solow model. The Harrod-Domar model fixes it; Solow's single change is to let it vary.
Structural transformation Todaro
The process of transforming an economy so that manufacturing's contribution to national income eventually surpasses agriculture's. More generally, a major alteration in the industrial composition of any economy.
Patterns-of-development analysis Todaro
An attempt to identify the characteristic features of the internal process of structural transformation that a "typical" developing economy undergoes as it generates and sustains modern growth. Chenery's empirical counterpart to Lewis's theory.
Dependence Todaro
The reliance of developing countries on developed-country economic policies to stimulate their own growth — and, in a second sense, the situation in which developing countries are dependent on the developed world in a way that can be either beneficial or a constraint on development.
Dominance Todaro
In international affairs, a situation in which developed countries have much greater power than less-developed ones in decisions affecting important international economic issues — the prices of agricultural commodities, for instance. The power asymmetry behind the dependence argument.
Centre Todaro
In dependence theory, the economically developed world. The counterpart of periphery — note that the deck's Chinese gloss was on 外围, the periphery, which is the half of the pair being described.
Comprador groups Todaro
In dependence theory, local elites who act as fronts for foreign investors. The internal half of the dependence argument — the reason the school treats the obstacle as both external and internal.
Dualism Todaro
The coexistence of two situations or phenomena — one desirable and the other not — that are mutually exclusive to different groups of society: extreme poverty alongside affluence, modern and traditional economic sectors, growth and stagnation.
Autarky Todaro
A closed economy that attempts to be completely self-reliant. The dependence school's prescription, recorded in the instructor's note as "autarky is best".
Closed economy Todaro
An economy with no foreign trade transactions or other economic contact with the rest of the world. The Solow model's setting — and the reason its convergence prediction is stated for closed economies.
Open economy Todaro
An economy that practises foreign trade and has extensive financial and non-financial contact with the rest of the world.
Market failure Todaro
A market's inability to deliver its theoretical benefits, due to imperfections such as monopoly power, lack of factor mobility, significant externalities, or lack of knowledge. The term that separates the market-friendly approach from the free-market one.
Capital accumulation Todaro
Increasing a country's stock of real capital — net investment in fixed assets. To increase the production of capital goods necessitates a reduction in the production of consumer goods, which is the trade-off that makes it a cost now and a benefit later.
Economic infrastructure Todaro
The physical and financial capital embodied in roads, railways, waterways, airways and other transport and communications, plus water supplies, financial institutions, electricity, and public services such as health and education. What makes private investment productive.
Production possibility curve Todaro
A curve showing the alternative combinations of two commodities that can be produced when all available factors are efficiently employed. Given resources and technology, it sets the boundary between the attainable and the unobtainable — Appendix 3.1's device for showing what growth is.
Technological progress Todaro
The increased application of new scientific knowledge in the form of inventions and innovations, with regard to both physical and human capital. Classified two ways by the textbook: by direction (neutral, labour-saving, capital-saving) and by effect on a factor (labour-augmenting, capital-augmenting).
Neutral technological progress Todaro
Higher output levels achieved with the same quantity or combination of all factor inputs — conceptually equivalent to doubling every input, and therefore also representable as an outward shift of the production possibility curve.
Labour-saving technological progress Todaro
Achieving higher output using an unchanged quantity of labour inputs. Computers, automated looms, tractors and mechanical ploughs are all examples. Progress since the late nineteenth century has been overwhelmingly of this kind — which is precisely why it is unsuited to labour-abundant developing countries.
Capital-saving technological progress Todaro
The same, using an unchanged quantity of capital inputs. A much rarer phenomenon, because most of the world's research is conducted in developed countries, where the mandate is to save labour. In capital-scarce developing countries it is what is needed most.
Solow residual Todaro
The proportion of long-term economic growth not explained by growth in labour or capital, and therefore assigned primarily to exogenous technological change. Responsible for roughly 50% of historical growth in the industrialised nations — the quantity endogenous growth theory sets out to explain.
Endogenous growth theory Todaro
Economic growth generated by factors within the production process — increasing returns, induced technological change — studied as part of the growth model rather than assumed from outside it. Also called the new growth theory. Its central move is to drop diminishing returns to capital, and its central prediction is that there is no convergence.
Complementary investments Todaro
Investments that complement and facilitate other productive factors. The idea behind the : one investment is unprofitable unless others are made at the same time.
Public good Todaro
An entity that provides benefits to all individuals simultaneously, and whose enjoyment by one person in no way diminishes that of anyone else. The standard justification for the state producing something the market will not.
14

Self-Check

22 questions · graded
0 / 0 correct

The calculation sections reproduce the instructor's two exercises with his own answers. Work them before revealing.

A · Growth facts

The empirical record in section 3.1.
Q1How much did per capita GDP differ across countries before 1700, and how much does it differ today?
Correct.A factor of two or three before 1700; a factor of 50 for several countries today. That widening is the Great Divergence.
Not quite.The slide's numbers are 2–3 before 1700 and 50 today. The factor of 90 is the rise in living standards within the richest countries since 1700, which is a different statistic.
Q2Over 1990–2017, China grew 412% and India 389%, while high-income OECD countries grew 68%. What happened to the absolute income gap between them?
Correct.Growth convergence is not absolute income convergence. Faster growth in percentage terms does not close an absolute gap when the starting levels are very far apart.
Not quite.The gap widened. 412% of a small number is still a small number — the slide's whole point is that relative convergence and absolute convergence are different things.
Q3Which of these is a reason to expect convergence, according to the slide?
Correct.Both reasons are on the slide: technology transfer lets countries leapfrog earlier stages, and diminishing returns mean an extra machine adds more output where machines are scarce.
Not quite.The two reasons are technology transfer and diminishing returns to factor accumulation — not increasing returns.

B · The four approaches

Which theory claims what, and to which earlier theory it is a reply.
Q4What does the linear-stages approach claim about development?
Correct.Rostow's classic statement. The universality of the sequence — that all countries must pass through the same steps — is both its defining claim and the thing later critiques attack.
Not quite.The stages view holds that development is a succession of steps all countries must pass through. Options A, C and D are the dependence, neoclassical and structural-change positions respectively.
Q5Which of the three neoclassical counterrevolution approaches concedes that markets can fail?
Correct.Only the market-friendly approach admits market failure. The free market approach says markets alone are efficient; the public choice approach attacks government motive, not market outcomes.
Not quite.It is the market-friendly approach — the weakest of the three, and the only one that leaves room for intervention.
Q6Which proposition of the dualistic-development thesis directly contradicts the Lewis model?
Correct.Lewis predicts the modern sector absorbs the traditional one through labour migration. The dualism thesis denies precisely that — the modern sector coexists with, and may deepen, the traditional one.
Not quite.It is the fourth proposition — the superior element does not pull up the inferior. That is the direct denial of Lewis's absorption story.
Q7What does the dependence school prescribe, according to the instructor's note?
Correct.The instructor's note records the position in one word: autarky is best. If the relationship with the core is what blocks development, the remedy is to leave it, not to negotiate better terms within it.
Not quite.The note says "autarky is best". Options A and C are the neoclassical counterrevolution's prescriptions; B is Harrod-Domar's.

C · The models · calculation

These are the instructor's own exercises. Work them before revealing.
Q8Harrod-Domar. c = 5, s = 12%. (a) Find g. (b) Technology lowers c to 4 — find g. (c) Instead, s rises to 15% — find g. (d) What does the model tell us about the sources of growth?

This is the instructor's Exercise 1, with his published answers.

  1. (a) Initial growth rate g = s / c = 12% / 5 = 2.4%
  2. (b) c falls to 4 g = 12% / 4 = 3%
  3. (c) s rises to 15% g = 15% / 5 = 3%
  4. (d) The sources of growth The growth rate is directly related to the saving ratio, and inversely related to the capital-output ratio
Notice (b) and (c) both reach 3% by different routes — a 20% fall in c, or a 25% rise in s. Formally, a proportional change in s and an equal proportional change in c have opposite and equal effects on g.
Q9What saving rate does a 7% growth target require if c = 3? Is that feasible in reality, and why is the question left open on the slide?
  1. Rearrange g = s/c for s s = g × c = 7% × 3 = 21%

A 21% saving rate is high — it means forgoing a fifth of national income — and whether it is feasible is left open because the model treats s as a parameter that policy can set. The criticisms section attacks exactly this: the model assumes a country can determine its own savings and investment, and it assumes the institutional structures needed to convert saving into productive investment already exist.

The historical reference point is the Marshall Plan, where this equation was used in precisely this direction: to compute how much capital a war-damaged economy needed to hit a growth target.

Q10The fixed-coefficient production function. To make 100 tons of cement a year a country needs $10 m of capital and 100 workers. (a) K = $20 m, L = 200 — how much output? (b) K = $15 m, L = 200 — how much output? (c) Write the production function.
  1. (a) Both inputs doubled Constant returns to scale → output doubles → 200 tons
  2. (b) Capital limits output $15 m supports 150 tons; 200 workers could produce 200, but the capital is not there → 150 tons, with 50 workers redundant
  3. (c) The production function Y = min{10K, L}
This is a Leontief, or fixed-coefficient, form. Output is set by whichever input is scarcer — which is why the isoquants are right-angled and why the model has no way to substitute one input for the other.
Q11Cobb-Douglas. A = 1, K = 10, L = 100. (a) Find Y. (b) K doubles — find Y. (c) Is Y doubled? Explain why or why not.
  1. (a) Initial output Y = 1 × 100.5 × 1000.5 = 3.1623 × 10 = 31.62
  2. (b) K doubled to 20 Y = 1 × 200.5 × 1000.5 = 4.4721 × 10 = 44.72
  3. (c) Not doubled 2 × 31.62 = 63.25 ≠ 44.72. The ratio is 44.72 / 31.62 = 1.414 = √2

Why: the exponents sum to 1, so the function has constant returns to scale in K and L together — double both and output doubles. But each exponent individually is below 1, so each input on its own has diminishing returns. Doubling only K raises output by 20.5 = √2, not by 2.

This is the property the whole Solow model runs on: because capital alone has diminishing returns, accumulation cannot raise output per worker indefinitely.

Q12Solow. s = 20%, n = 1.5%, d = 5%, A = 1, α = 0.5. Find k* and y*. Then say what happens to k* if s rises to 30%.
  1. Steady-state condition sy = (n+d)k, and y = A k0.5, so 0.20 k0.5 = 0.065 k
  2. Solve for k* k0.5 = 0.20 / 0.065 = 3.0769, so k* = 3.0769² = 9.47
  3. And y* y* = A √k* = √9.47 = 3.08
  4. Closed form check k* = (sA/(n+d))² = (0.20/0.065)² = 3.0769² = 9.47 ✓
  5. Now s rises to 30% k* = (0.30/0.065)² = 4.6154² = 21.30
k* more than doubles — from 9.47 to 21.30 — because with α = 0.5 the exponent 1/(1−α) is exactly 2, so k* goes as the square of the saving rate. y* rises only by √2, to 4.62, because of diminishing returns.

That asymmetry is the model's central lesson. A large rise in the saving rate produces a much smaller proportional rise in output per worker.

Q13At the steady state, k and y are constant. Are K and Y also constant? If y = 10 and L is growing at 2%, how fast is Y growing?

No. K and Y are not constant at the steady state. The steady state fixes the per-worker quantities, not the totals.

  1. Recall the definitions Y = yL and K = kL
  2. At the steady state, y and k are constant So anything that happens to Y and K comes entirely from L
  3. L grows at rate n Therefore Y and K grow at rate n as well
  4. The instructor's example y = 10, L growing at 2% → Y is growing at 2%
Output per worker is constant; total output grows at the rate of population growth. This is why the Solow model is often described as explaining why countries are rich rather than why they grow — in the steady state, the growth rate of the standard of living is zero.
Q14Two countries X and Z have the same A, f, s, n and d, but X has larger k and y than Z. Which grows faster, and why? What is this principle called?

Country Z grows faster.

  1. The reason f(k) has decreasing returns, so at a lower level of k the slope of f(k) is larger — the same change in k produces a larger change in y
  2. The name of the principle Transition dynamics — a country further below its steady state grows faster
  3. The prediction it yields Poorer countries grow faster, and poor and rich countries reach the same level of per capita GDP eventually — the famous catch-up theory
This is the Solow model's strongest empirical claim and its most conspicuous failure. The mechanism is real — as the diagram shows, the gap sy − (n+d)k is larger at low k — but the prediction that all countries converge on the same level has been rejected by the data, which is why the model is tested in its conditional form instead.
Q15A country's saving rate rises permanently. In the Solow model, what happens to its long-run growth rate of output per worker?
Correct.The level of y* rises, but the long-run growth rate of y returns to zero — capital accumulation cannot sustain growth because of diminishing returns. Only the transition period shows faster growth.
Not quite.The level rises, but not the long-run growth rate. Once the new steady state is reached, output per worker stops growing — this is the model's central and most disappointing result.

D · Lewis · the turning point

The instructor's Exercise 2, in order.
Q16In the Lewis model's initial position, which areas represent total modern-sector output, the wage bill, and the return to capital?

The instructor's answer (a):

  • Total output — the area 0D1FL1, i.e. the whole area under the demand curve up to employment L1.
  • Returns to labour (the wage bill) — the rectangle 0WM1FL1, wage times employment.
  • Returns to capital (profit) — the remainder, WM1D1F, the area between the demand curve and the wage line.

The accounting is the same as any factor-share decomposition: output is the area under the marginal product curve, the wage bill is the rectangle at the market wage, and profit is what is left. The interest of the Lewis case is entirely in what happens to those three areas as demand shifts.

Q17Reinvestment raises labour demand, but the new demand curve still intersects the horizontal portion of the supply curve. What happens to total output, wages, and profit?

The instructor's answer (b):

  • Total output grows to area 0D2GL2.
  • Returns to labour rise to 0WM1GL2 — but note that the wage for each worker does not rise. The rectangle is wider, not taller.
  • Returns to capital increase to area WM1D2G.
This is the labour-surplus phase, and the counter-intuitive step is the middle one: total wages rise because more people are employed, not because anyone is paid more. Every worker earns exactly WM1, before and after.
Q18Further reinvestment now pushes the demand curve past the turning point, so it intersects the steep portion of the supply curve. What happens now?

The instructor's answer (c):

  • Total output grows to area 0D3HL3.
  • Returns to labour rise to the area 0WM2HL3. Not only does total employment rise, the wage per worker also rises — to WM2.
  • Returns to capital increase to area WM2D3H. It is not clear whether returns to capitalists have increased, decreased, or stayed the same as compared with part (b). In any case, returns to capitalists are now growing more slowly than before.
This is the turning point, and it is what the whole model has been building towards: the first moment at which growth in the modern sector raises the wage of an ordinary worker. Before it, the surplus labour in agriculture held the wage down; after it, expansion has to bid workers away from farming, and the wage rises.
Q19In the Lewis agricultural sector, why is the wage determined by the average product rather than the marginal product?
Correct.The slide says exactly this: the wage is determined by the average product, "where there is no labour market (subsistence economy)". Output is shared equally, so WA = TPA / LA.
Not quite.It is because there is no labour market — all workers share the product equally, so the wage is the average product. The marginal product is zero only in the surplus-labour region, not throughout.
Q20Which criticism of the Lewis model does the slide illustrate with the notion of "antidevelopment growth"?
Correct.The model assumes capitalists reinvest in the same technology. If instead they choose labour-saving technology, total output rises substantially while total wages and employment stay exactly where they were — all the gain goes to capital owners.
Not quite.It is the labour-saving-technology criticism. B and C are real criticisms too, but they are not the one this figure illustrates.

E · Extended answers

Write these out in full.
Q21Explain why capital accumulation cannot sustain long-run economic growth in the Solow model, and state the two weaknesses of the model that follow from this.

Why accumulation cannot sustain growth. The production function y = Af(k) has diminishing returns in k — each additional machine per worker adds less output than the one before. As an economy accumulates capital, the marginal product of capital falls. Eventually the additional output produced by investment is only just enough to offset depreciation and to equip new workers, and the economy reaches the steady state where sy = (n+d)k. At that point k and y are constant: growth in the standard of living stops.

Total output Y and the capital stock K do keep growing, but only at rate n, the rate of population growth — because Y = yL and L is growing at n. Output per worker is what stops growing, and that is the measure that matters for living standards.

The two weaknesses that follow.

  1. Missing long-run growth The model predicts that growth stops, but empirically economies continue to grow over time. Something is missing, and that something is technology.
  2. Technology is exogenous, and TFP unexplained A is determined outside the model. The model does not explain why countries differ in TFP or in investment rates, and TFP matters more than capital for explaining income differences.

These two weaknesses are precisely what later growth theory exists to address.

Q22Barro (1991) found no sign of unconditional convergence but did find conditional convergence. Explain the difference, why the first result is not necessarily fatal to the Solow model, and name the statistical problem Barro had to deal with.

Unconditional (absolute) convergence is the claim that poor countries grow faster than rich ones, full stop — so that income levels converge. The raw scatter of growth against initial per capita GDP (Barro's Figure 1) shows no negative slope, so this version is rejected.

Conditional convergence is the claim that a country grows faster the further it is below its own steady state. Once Barro controls for a set of variables including proxies for starting human capital, higher initial per capita GDP is substantially negatively related to subsequent per capita growth (Figure 2). So this version is supported.

Why the first result is not fatal. The Solow model actually predicts the conditional version. It says a country converges to its own steady state, and the steady state depends on s, n, d and A. Countries with different saving rates, population growth rates or productivity levels have different steady states, so there is no reason for them to converge on each other. The slide gives this as the first of three explanations: "the Solow model assumes the same steady state for every country."

The statistical problem: causality. Saving and growth are jointly determined — it is not obvious whether a high saving rate causes fast growth, or whether fast growth generates the income that permits high saving. A simple regression cannot separate the two directions.

The other explanation the slide gives is that many other variables affect growth, which is exactly why the conditional regression has to include them.

Chapter 4

Contemporary Models of Development and Underdevelopment

Todaro & Smith, Economic Development, Ch. 4 Source: Chapter4 update.pdf — 42 slides Two interactive models · instructor's exercises with answers

Chapter 3 ended on a gap. The Solow model made technical progress the engine of growth and then left it unexplained; the neoclassical counterrevolution said the answer was to let markets work. This chapter is the reply that grew up around that gap, and its starting observation is uncomfortable: there are situations in which it is rational for every single agent to do the wrong thing, and in which no amount of market competition moves them off it.

The organising idea is the complementarity — my return from an action rises with how many others take it. When returns are complementary, an economy can have several equilibria at once, and the market has no mechanism for choosing between them. Underdevelopment then stops looking like a shortage of capital or skills and starts looking like a coordination failure, which is something policy can in principle fix. The chapter builds that case, then spends its second half qualifying it — through Kremer's O-ring model, through the self-discovery critique, and finally through growth diagnostics, which refuses to offer a general answer at all.

1

Concept Map

how the chapter builds
The problem Actions are complementary — what one agent does raises the return to what others do. Coordination failures 协调失灵 then produce outcomes that leave everyone worse off than an alternative that is also an equilibrium.
pictured first as a shape, then as a specific model
4.2 Multiple equilibria 多重均衡 Draw the privately rational decision function as an S-curve against the 45° line. Three intersections: two stable, one unstable.
4.3 The Big Push 大推进理论 Rosenstein-Rodan. Whole-economy industrialisation can be profitable when no single sector's industrialisation is — so the market never starts it.
and then the ways out are closed off one by one
Super-entrepreneur? No. Capital market failures, monitoring costs, asymmetric information 信息不对称, communication failure, limits to knowledge.
4.4 Further problems 更多均衡问题 Inefficient advantages of incumbency, behaviour and norms, linkages, and the inequality–growth trade-off.
a second mechanism, working through skill rather than demand
4.5 The O-Ring model Kremer. Output is the product of task qualities. Strong complementarities produce positive assortative matching 正向匹配 and a low-skill trap 中等收入陷阱.
4.6 Self-discovery 自我探索 Hausmann and Rodrik. The binding constraint is information: nobody knows what a country is good at until someone tries and the answer becomes public.
which leaves the question: so what should a government actually do?
4.7 Growth diagnostics 增长诊断学 Hausmann–Rodrik–Velasco. Find the country's most binding constraint 绑定约束 rather than applying a template. A decision tree, not a recipe.
4.8 Conclusions People keep doing inefficient things because it is rational to keep doing them. Government policy and aid become necessary to break the vicious circle — and are themselves part of the problem.
2

4.1  Underdevelopment as a Coordination Failure

slides 3 · Todaro 13e §4.1, pp. 165–168

The chapter opens by naming a school of thought rather than a model — one that treats the obstacles to development as failures of coordination rather than failures of resources.

Coordination failure 协调失灵
A situation in which the inability of agents to coordinate their behaviour leads to an outcome that leaves all agents worse off than an alternative outcome that is also an equilibrium. The comparison is not against a planner's optimum — it is against another equilibrium.
Complementarity 互补性
An action taken by one firm, worker, or organisation that increases the incentives for other agents to take similar actions. The slides' phrasing: actions taken by one agent reinforce 加强 the incentives for others to act likewise.

Two things about the definition are easy to miss, and both are examinable.

  • The benchmark is another equilibrium, not an optimum. A coordination failure is not simply a bad outcome. It is a bad equilibrium — a situation nobody has an individual incentive to leave, even though everyone would be better off if they all left together.
  • Complementarity is what makes it possible. In a competitive market with excess demand, price rises and restores equilibrium. Complementarity defeats that counter-pressure: the more agents who act, the more attractive acting becomes, so the system can settle at either end of a range instead of at a unique point.
💬 Think

The textbook introduces three related games here and they are easy to confuse. In the where-to-meet dilemma, everyone wants to coordinate and there is no incentive to cheat once they have — the only problem is information about where. In the prisoners' dilemma, everyone also wants to coordinate, but once cooperation is achieved each party gains most by cheating, so any agreement unravels. A coordination failure in this chapter's sense is closer to the first: the difficulty is picking the good equilibrium, not policing it afterwards. Congestion is the opposite of complementarity — one agent's action lowers the incentive for others to act.

3

4.2  Multiple Equilibria: A Diagrammatic Approach

slides 4–9 · Figure 4.1 · Todaro 13e §4.2, pp. 168–174

The diagram is one of the two pictures this chapter asks you to be able to draw. Read it as follows.

The axes

The horizontal axis is the expected decision by other agents — for concreteness, the average investment level they are expected to choose. The vertical axis is the privately rational decision of a single agent: the level of investment that agent finds it best to choose, given what it expects everyone else to do. The 45° line is the set of points where actual individual investment equals expected investment by other agents — expectations are fulfilled, so what was expected is exactly what turns out to be privately rational.

Why the curve is S-shaped

The function is called the privately rational decision function, and its shape is the theory. It first rises at an increasing rate, then at a decreasing rate. The update states the reasoning as a slow start, a snowball, and diminishing gains — and the reasoning is the examinable part:

  1. Some agents invest alone. Even if nobody else invests, a small number of agents will — which is why the curve has a positive vertical intercept (marked Y1 in Figure 4.1).
  2. Early spillovers are weak. With only a few participants, each early investor is relatively isolated from the others, so spillovers are weak and the curve rises slowly.
  3. Then a snowball effect. Once enough agents invest, strong spillovers speed up the curve — many investors begin to provide benefits to their neighbours, and the curve increases faster.
  4. Then diminishing gains. After most potential investors have benefited, the most important gains have been realised and the growth of the curve slows again.

Equilibrium, and why two of the three are stable

An equilibrium is a point where the privately rational decision function crosses the 45° line — where the investment level expected equals the level all agents find best. Figure 4.1 has three such points, and they are not equivalent. The slides give the criterion purely geometrically, and it is worth memorising in that form:

Stable equilibria — D1 and D3
The function crosses the 45° line from above. If expectations shifted slightly above or below these levels, firms would adjust their behaviour in a way that brings the economy back to the original equilibrium. D1 is the low-investment trap; D3 is the high-investment good equilibrium.
Unstable equilibrium — D2
The function crosses from below. If a little less investment were expected the economy would fall back to D1; if a little more, it would move up to D3. D2 is the dividing line between the two basins, not a resting point.
⚠️ Trap

"Crosses from above" is easy to reverse. The way to keep it straight: at the right-hand crossing (D3) the curve is less steep than 45°, so a small upward nudge to expectations produces less investment than was expected, which pulls expectations back down. Flatter than the diagonal at the crossing means stable. You can check this in the model below — the unstable point is always the one drawn as a hollow ring.

The textbook adds the expectation-adjustment story that gets the economy to these points in the first place. Suppose firms initially expect no other firm to invest, but some do anyway. Seeing that, firms revise their expectations upward, matching them to the investment they actually observe — and at that higher expectation they want to invest even more. The process continues until the level of actual investment just equals the level expected. That is the equilibrium condition.

Model 5

Figure 4.1 — multiple equilibria, and which ones are stable

The curve is the privately rational decision function; the dashed line is the 45° line, where actual individual investment equals expected investment by other agents. Equilibria are found numerically, and stability is read off the slope of the curve at each one rather than assumed — so shrinking the band until only one survives is a real result, not an animation.

What the model is really claiming

The economic content is in the last four slides of the section, and it is stronger than the diagram suggests. Economic development requires coordination: one investment depends on other investments. All are better off with more investors or higher rates of investment — but the market may not get there without proper government policy. Jointly profitable projects may not happen without coordination, which leads to multiple equilibria: either good or bad outcomes. Many least developed countries are caught in such low-investment circumstances, and the slide names sub-Saharan Africa as the example.

🔑 Key idea

Multiple equilibria is a claim about existence, not about poverty. The point is not that poor countries are poor; it is that the same technology and the same preferences could support either a rich or a poor configuration, and nothing in the market alone selects between them. That is what makes policy potentially powerful here — and what makes a bad policy potentially durable.

4

4.3  Starting Economic Development: The Big Push 大推进理论

slides 10–21 · Figure 4.2 · Todaro 13e §4.3, pp. 174–182

The Big Push is the coordination-failure argument made concrete enough to draw. It was pioneered by Paul Rosenstein-Rodan and addresses the obstacles to launching industrialisation within a subsistence economy. The update's framing is that 市场失灵 — market failure — creates a need for public policy intervention, and the specific market failure at issue is a pecuniary externality (货币外部性): a spillover effect on an agent's costs or revenues. The slide's example: an influx of urban residents buying second homes in rural areas bids up local housing prices, making home purchases unaffordable for local young people.

The update draws the link to the model explicitly: one firm's industrial investment expands aggregate market demand, raising the potential profits of other firms. That is what creates investment complementarities — and therefore coordination failure and multiple equilibria. The externality runs through demand, not through technology: no firm's production function changes when another firm invests, but the market its output can be sold into does.

The six assumptions

The instructor lists the model's assumptions explicitly, and they are a plausible exam question in themselves.

1 · One factor of production
Labour, with total endowment L. Capital is left out, which is why the fixed cost has to be modelled as a requirement for a minimum number of workers.
2 · N symmetric products
The same production technology applies to every good, so what is true of one sector is true of all N.
3 · Two sectors
Traditional: perfect competition; linear technique with slope 1, Q = L (one worker produces one unit); wage w = 1. Its wage-bill line coincides with the production line (origin, slope 1), so profit is zero.

Modern: a limit-pricing monopolist with a fixed labour cost F, then a linear technique with slope 1/c > 1, so L = F + cQ (0 < c < 1) and wage W > 1. It charges the same price P = 1 — and produces the same quantity — as traditional firms; pricing above 1 would let traditional firms re-enter and undercut it.
4 · Closed economy
Consumers spend an equal share 1/N on each good, so demand per product is Y/N.
5 · Limit pricing, P = 1
Revenue = P·Q = Q, read straight off the Q axis. A modern firm therefore earns π = PQ − WL = Q − W(F + cQ).
6 · Coordination failure
A firm investing alone faces too small a domestic demand and earns losses. Synchronized 协同进行的 industrialisation raises wage income and aggregate demand — a pecuniary externality — leading to coordination failure and multiple equilibria.
💬 Think

Assumptions 3 and 5 do the quiet work, and the textbook spells out why. Given the demand structure, the monopolist faces unit-elastic demand, so if it could raise price above 1 it would be profitable to do so. But at any price above 1 the traditional technique becomes profitable again and competition from traditional producers takes all its business. So the monopolist also charges 1 — and therefore sells exactly what the traditional producers sold. Its entire advantage has to come from producing that quantity more cheaply, which is what the fixed cost buys it. Growth here comes from cost, never from price.

The textbook adds a qualification to the closed-economy assumption: the conclusions largely survive when trade is allowed, provided there are advantages to having a domestic market first — economies of scale, learning to achieve quality, better customer support. South Korea is the cited case. The update, by contrast, stresses that the closed economy is essential to the mechanism as stated; both claims are set out in the key-results box below.

Reading Figure 4.2

The update adds a two-line reading guide. Point A is the outcome when only one modern firm enters and the rest of the economy stays traditional. Point B is the outcome when all N sectors modernise together, so that demand has expanded. Everything else in the figure is a comparison of those two scales.

Two production functions, and a family of wage bill lines:

Traditional producers
A linear technique with slope 1, each worker producing one unit. The wage bill line lies coincident with the production line — both start at the origin with slope 1. With price equal to 1, that line is simultaneously the production function and the cost line, and the traditional firm earns exactly zero.
Modern firms
A fixed cost of F workers, after which a linear technique with slope 1/c > 1. The wage bill line has slope W > 1, also through the origin. Profit is the vertical gap between the modern production function and the wage bill line — positive exactly where the wage bill line lies below the production function.

Price is 1, so revenue PQ can be read straight off the Q axis — which is why nothing in the figure needs a money axis. The horizontal axis is labour, and two points on it matter. L/N is the labour available to each of the N product sectors. F is the modern firm's fixed labour requirement, so the modern production function simply starts at F instead of at the origin — that horizontal segment from 0 to F along the axis is the increasing-returns assumption, drawn.

The update then states the conditions for multiple equilibria as a question about point A: whether the modern firm enters there depends on two things — (1) how much more efficient the modern sector is than the traditional sector, and (2) how much higher modern wages are than traditional wages. The two pull in opposite directions. Greater efficiency (a steeper technique, a smaller c, or a lower fixed cost F) pushes the wage-bill line down, below A; a higher modern wage W pushes it up, above A. The model's whole outcome turns on which force wins.

The three cases

Whether industrialisation happens depends entirely on where the wage bill line falls. The slides work through three positions; the labels W1, W2, W3 name three different economies, not three moments in time.

Case 1 — a line like W1, passing below point A (low modern wage)
Even a single modern firm earns π > 0: revenue covers the fixed cost F, so the firm pays F and enters. If producing one good is profitable, the same holds for every good, so market forces alone industrialise all sectors and the economy reaches point B. At B each sector uses its full labour allocation, L/N = F + cQ2, so Q2 = (L/N − F)/c. Result: no coordination failure — the market reaches the good equilibrium on its own.
Case 2 — a line like W3, passing above point B (very high modern wage)
Even if all N sectors modernise together at point B, each firm still earns π < 0. Modern-sector wages are so high that costs exceed revenue even after demand is fully expanded. Result: industrialisation is never profitable, and the economy stays trapped in the traditional (bad) equilibrium. This is not a coordination failure — industrialising is genuinely a bad idea here.
Case 3 — a line like W2, passing between A and B (multiple equilibria)
At A (one sector modernises, the rest stay traditional): the low wage w = 1 means small income Y, hence small demand Y/N and output Q1. π(A) = Q1 − W2(F + cQ1) < 0, so no firm enters alone. At B (all N sectors modernise): all workers earn W2 > 1, so national income Y rises — and in a closed economy that income is spent on domestic goods, expanding demand for every good. π(B) = Q2 − W2(F + cQ2) > 0, with Q2 = (L/N − F)/c, so firms are profitable. Point B lies above the W2 line.

Key results: what keeps B viable

The update closes the section with four conditions. They are worth memorising as a set, because each is a way the good equilibrium could fail to exist.

  • Limit pricing. Modern firms cannot raise price above P = 1, or traditional firms re-enter and undercut them. So B stays profitable only because modern costs are low enough at P = 1.
  • The closed economy is essential to the mechanism. With free exports, one firm could sell abroad without the other sectors modernising, so the demand externality disappears — and with it the multiple equilibria.
  • Workers gain. They earn at least as much as in the traditional sector, can buy more goods, and move voluntarily — so industrialisation is a Pareto improvement, not a redistribution at someone's expense.
  • Demand is sufficient. All national income (wages + profits = output per good × N) is spent on domestic output, so the expanded supply at B finds a buyer.
💬 Think

The update and the textbook weigh the closed-economy assumption differently, and an exam answer should say which claim it is using. The update treats it as essential to the mechanism: allow free exports and a single firm no longer needs the other sectors to modernise in order to find demand. The textbook treats it as a simplifying assumption whose removal weakens but does not destroy the result, provided domestic production has advantages — economies of scale, learning to achieve quality, better customer support — and cites South Korea. The safe answer states both: essential to the clean two-equilibrium diagram, less essential to the underlying demand-externality argument.

🔑 Key idea

Workers in Case 3 are at least as well off as they were in the traditional sector: they can afford proportionally more goods, and they moved sectors voluntarily. So the industrialised equilibrium is a Pareto improvement — someone is better off and nobody is worse off. That is exactly what makes the failure a failure: the economy is leaving a free lunch on the table, and no individual agent can pick it up.

To summarise, in the slides' own words

  • Whenever the wage bill line passes below point A, the market will lead the economy to modernise; whenever it passes above A, it will not.
  • The steeper (more efficient) the modern-sector production technique, or the lower the fixed costs, the more likely the wage bill passes below the corresponding point A. In the model's parameters: a smaller c or a smaller F.
  • If the line passes above B, it makes no sense to industrialise.
  • With a wage like W2 there are two equilibria — one industrialised, with higher profits, wages and output; one not, with lower wages and output. The higher-output equilibrium is better, but the market stays trapped in the bad one because of a coordination failure — no firm wants to move first. So synchronised investment (a Big Push) and a role for policy are needed to start development.
Model 6

Figure 4.2 — the wage bill line and the three cases

Drag the wage through the shaded band and the regime changes under your hand. The two break-even wages WA and WB are computed from the parameters, not drawn by hand — the shaded band is simply the interval between them.

⚠️ Trap

Do not carry the three wages away as a sequence. They are three different economies at a point in time. The second trap is subtler and worth working through, because it explains why the coordination-failure band is always there. Writing Q for a modern firm's output, the firm breaks even when its wage bill line cuts the production function: W = 1 / (c + F/Q). Since Q1 (the output at point A) is smaller than Q2 (the output at point B), F/Q is larger at A, so WA is smaller than WB. The ordering WA < WB is therefore not a special case — it is an identity, and it is precisely why there is always a wage band in which the modern technique loses money at the scale the traditional sector operates at but makes money at the scale industrialisation would reach.

5

4.3  When Else a Big Push Is Needed, and Why No One Can Do It Alone

slides 21–23 · Todaro 13e §4.3.2–4.3.3, pp. 180–182

Four further effects

The wage mechanism is one reason a big push may be needed. The slides list four more, and they are distinct enough to be listed separately in an answer.

Intertemporal effects 跨期
Investment must be undertaken in the current period to obtain a more efficient production process in the next period. The return depends on what happens later, so no one invests now.
Urbanisation effects
A big push to urbanisation is itself needed to achieve industrialisation. Modern production is urban, so the demand has to be there before the firms arrive.
Infrastructure effects
One product sector's industrialisation increases the infrastructure services used by other product sectors. Rail, ports and power are only worth building at a scale no single sector justifies.
Training effects
Underinvestment in training facilities, because workers may be enticed away with higher wages offered by rival firms. The firm that pays for the training cannot capture the return.

Why a super-entrepreneur cannot solve it

The obvious objection is: if all these investments are jointly profitable, why doesn't one agent capture the rent by doing them all? The slides' title for this slide is blunt — why the problem cannot be solved by a super-entrepreneur — and the list of reasons is the answer.

  • Capital market failures — the necessary funds cannot be raised at any reasonable price.
  • The cost of monitoring managers, which is an asymmetric information 信息不对称 problem: one party to a potential transaction has more information than another.
  • Communication failures — the coordination problem reappears inside the organisation.
  • Limits to knowledge — no single agent knows what all N sectors require.
  • And no empirical evidence that it would be possible. The slides close the list with an appeal to the record rather than to theory.
💬 Think

This slide is doing more work than it looks. It is not just saying that super-entrepreneurs are rare. It is saying that the coordination problem does not disappear when you internalise it — a single firm trying to do N sectors at once runs straight into asymmetric information, monitoring costs and bounded knowledge. That is why the argument lands on public policy rather than on "wait for a conglomerate".

In a nutshell: the mechanisms

The chapter's own summary of what industrialising firms do for each other. Firms adopting increasing-returns-to-scale technologies have the following effects:

  • Raising total demand — which is the Case 3 mechanism.
  • Reducing fixed costs of later entrants — infrastructure, standards, supplier networks.
  • Redistributing demand to later periods when other industrialising firms sell. This is the intertemporal effect.
  • Shifting demand toward manufacturing goods, usually produced in urban areas. This is the urbanisation effect.
  • Helping defray 分摊 the costs of essential infrastructure — a mechanism that holds equally for training costs and other shared intermediate inputs. This is the infrastructure and training effect.

The slide's closing sentence states the common structure: each of these has external beneficial effects on other industrialising firms. Economies of scale mean that the first mover cannot capture all the returns from its own investment — which is the definition of a positive externality, and the reason the market under-provides it.

6

4.4  Further Problems of Multiple Equilibria

slides 24–25 · Todaro 13e §4.4, pp. 183–185

Four shorter arguments, each identifying another route to a bad equilibrium. They are listed rather than modelled, but they are all examinable as named items.

Inefficient advantages of incumbency 现存低效优势
An existing firm has low costs because of increasing returns to scale — it is large because it started first, not because its technique is better. That gives a firm using the old technique an advantage over any rival who would switch. Note the word "inefficient": the advantage is real but the outcome is not productive.
Behaviour and norms
Your choice of partner may determine much. And we cannot rely on good organisations to prevail in competition if the rules of the game tend to reward the bad organisations. This is framed on the slide explicitly as a coordination failure.
Linkages
A strategy for solving coordination problems is to focus government policy on encouraging the development of industries with key backward or forward linkages — a start to overcoming a coordination failure and generating positive feedback. A backward linkage is a firm buying an input from another firm; a forward linkage is a firm selling to another firm.
Inequality, multiple equilibria, and growth
Too high a degree of equality could compromise growth — the slide's counter-intuitive claim. The mechanism is the poverty trap: a bad equilibrium involving a vicious circle in which poverty and underdevelopment lead to more poverty and underdevelopment.
⚠️ Trap

The inequality bullet is easy to misread as a defence of inequality. It is not. It is the Kuznets observation compressed to one line — that at very low levels of income, some concentration of resources may be needed to finance investment, so perfect equality and growth can pull against each other. Chapter 5 takes the relationship apart properly, and the slide is only flagging that it exists. Do not answer a question on inequality and growth with this bullet alone.

Note also that linkages is the one item in this section that is a policy proposal rather than a diagnosis, and it is the bridge to the last two sections: pick the industries with the right linkages, and you may be able to trigger the good equilibrium with a much smaller intervention than a full-scale big push.

7

4.5  Michael Kremer's O-Ring Theory of Economic Development

slides 26–34 · Todaro 13e §4.5, pp. 186–190

Everything to this point has run through demand: your return rises because other firms' investments create a market. Kremer's model reaches a trap through a completely different channel — the technology of production itself — and it is the second picture this chapter is likely to test.

The name

The model takes its name from the 1986 Challenger disaster, in which the failure of one small, inexpensive part — an O-ring seal — caused the space shuttle to explode. The name is the argument: when tasks are complements, the lowest-quality input governs the value of the whole. Kremer's model explains not only the existence of poverty traps but also why countries caught in such traps may have such exceptionally low incomes compared with high-income countries — the shortfall is multiplicative, not additive.

Setting up

Production is modelled with strong complementarities 互补性 among inputs. Suppose a production process is broken into n tasks, ordered strictly by the level of skill q required, with 0 ≤ q ≤ 1. The higher the skill, the higher the probability that the task will be "successfully completed". The assumptions are that firms are risk-neutral, labour markets are competitive, and workers supply labour inelastically.

Output is given by multiplying the q values of the n tasks together, in turn multiplied by a term B that depends on the characteristics of the firm and is generally larger with a larger number of tasks. If each firm hires only two workers, the O-ring production function is:

BF(qiqj) = qiqj    and the slides set B = 1 to simplify

Positive assortative matching

The most prominent feature of this production function is positive assortative matching 正向匹配: workers with high skills work together and workers with low skills work together. You will be more productive when working with a more productive person. The slide then sets up a four-person economy with an inequality:

qH2 + qL2 > 2qHqL

Read this as a lemma, not as a comparison of two arrangements. It is the statement that (qH − qL)2 > 0, which is true whenever the two skill levels differ at all — the textbook says so explicitly ("recall that (x − y)2 > 0 for any x that is not the same as y"). It rules out the badly matched pairing but does not by itself rank the two good arrangements against each other. The actual claim being established is that total value is higher under skill matching than under skill mixing:

2qHqL  <  qH2 + qL2

The consequences follow. Because total value is higher when skill matching rather than skill mixing takes place, the firm that starts with high-productivity workers can afford to bid more to get additional high-productivity workers, and it is profitable to do so. A cascading process follows: the highest-skill workers pair off first, then the next highest, and so on, until the least productive are left with each other. The textbook's illustrations are worth remembering because they make the mechanism intuitive — a symphony orchestra is adversely affected as a whole by hiring one single poor performer, so an excellent orchestra has every incentive to bid the most for an outstanding performer; the restaurant with the very best chef hires mature, highly trained, full-time waiters, while a fast-food restaurant does not hire a famous chef. The textbook also offers the analogy to Gary Becker's "marriage market" model.

The numerical example

This is the calculation most likely to appear on a problem set, and it must be reproduced exactly.

Worked Six workers, two firms, and a 25% skill upgrade
Six workers: three have q = 0.4 and are grouped together in equilibrium; the other three have q = 0.8. Each firm therefore has three workers, and output is the product of their q values.
  1. The low-skill firm, one worker improves from 0.4 to 0.5. 0.4 × 0.4 × 0.4 = 0.064  →  0.4 × 0.4 × 0.5 = 0.080 Change = 0.080 − 0.064 = 0.016;   0.016 / 0.064 = 0.25, i.e. 25%
  2. The high-skill firm, one worker improves from 0.8 to 1.0 — the same 25%. 0.8 × 0.8 × 0.8 = 0.512  →  0.8 × 0.8 × 1.0 = 0.640 Change = 0.640 − 0.512 = 0.128;   0.128 / 0.512 = 0.25, again 25%
  3. But the point increase is not the same. 0.128 / 0.016 = 8 times larger — for a doubled point-value investment (0.2 in the second firm against 0.1 in the first).
A 25% improvement in one worker's quality raises output quality by 25% in both firms — the elasticity is 1 either way. What differs is the point value of that increase: eight times greater in the firm starting from a higher level of quality.
🔑 Key idea

This slide is the engine of the whole model, and it is worth stating in its own terms. If a firm can increase quality in percentage terms at constant marginal cost — or even at a not-too-quickly rising cost — there is a virtuous circle: the more the firm upgrades overall, the more value it obtains by doing so. That is what makes wages increase at an increasing rate as skill is steadily raised. The same mechanism run backwards is the trap: in a low-skill economy the return to acquiring skill is low, because the people you would work with are low-skill too.

Implications for development and the distribution of income

The slides list four implications, and the textbook adds a fifth:

  • Firms tend to employ workers with similar skills for their various tasks.
  • Workers performing the same task earn higher wages in a high-skill firm than in a low-skill firm.
  • Because wages increase in q at an increasing rate, wages will be more than proportionally higher in developed countries than would be predicted from standard measures of skill. This is the model's answer to why measured human capital explains so little of the income gap.
  • When those around you have higher average skills, you have a greater incentive to acquire more skills — the individual's human-capital decision depends on other workers' decisions.
  • One can get caught in economy-wide low-production-quality traps. There could thus be a case for an industrial policy to encourage quality upgrading, and the slide flags this as relevant to a country trying to escape the middle-income trap 中等收入陷阱.

Finally, two consequences about bottlenecks 瓶颈, which are the O-ring logic applied to the weakest link:

  • O-ring effects magnify the impact of local production bottlenecks, because such bottlenecks have a multiplicative 倍数的 effect on other production.
  • Bottlenecks also reduce the incentive for workers to invest in skills, by lowering the expected return to those skills — the trap closing itself.
⚠️ Trap

The textbook is explicit that the sorting result rests on two assumptions, and exam questions probe them. First, workers must be imperfect substitutes for each other. If they were perfect substitutes — if qH = 2qL so that any high-skill worker could be replaced by two low-skill ones at no cost — then qH workers would simply be paid twice what qL workers are paid, and we could draw no prediction about which combination of skill levels a firm or an economy would use. Second, tasks must be complementary. If F(qHqL) = g(qH) + h(qL) — additive rather than multiplicative — then the optimal choice of skill for one task is independent of the other, and again there is no strategic complementarity to produce a trap. The O-ring result is a result about these two assumptions, not a general truth.

8

4.6  Economic Development as Self-Discovery 自我探索

slides 35–36 · Todaro 13e §4.6, pp. 191–192

Hausmann and Rodrik's objection is aimed at the advice developing countries are usually given, and it is an objection about information.

It is not enough to tell a developing country to produce "labour-intensive products", because there are thousands of them. The advice does not say which. That is the problem: a country's true costs of producing any particular good — direct and indirect — are not knowable in advance. They are discovered only by someone trying, and once someone has tried, the answer is public. The discoverer bears the cost of the experiment; the imitators get the answer for free. That is an information externality, and it means too little discovery happens.

The policy conclusion is that industrial policy may help to identify the true costs of potential products to specialise in, by working in two stages:

  • First stage: encourage exploration.
  • Second stage: encourage movement out of inefficient sectors and into more efficient ones.

Note the shape of that: the state's job is not to pick winners and keep them, but to sponsor the experiment and then to accept the answer.

The three building blocks

The slides give three building blocks of the theory and a case example for each, and the examples are the part to memorise — they are the evidence that the theory describes something real.

Building blockEvidence on the slide
Uncertainty about products can produce efficiently India's success in information technology was unexpected. And the reasons for Bangladesh's efficiency in hats versus Pakistan's in bedsheets are not clear — two countries with similar endowments, different specialisations, and no ex-ante reason to have predicted either.
Need for local adaptation 适应 Seen in cases such as shipbuilding in South Korea. A technology that works elsewhere has to be made to work here, and what that takes is discovered locally.
Imitation can be rapid The spread of cut-flower 鲜切花 exporting in Colombia. Once it was shown to work, others copied it quickly — which is exactly why the first mover under-invests.
💬 Think

Self-discovery is a different argument from the big push, and mixing them up is a common error. The big push says investments are unprofitable in isolation because of demand complementarities. Self- discovery says the investment may be perfectly profitable but the knowledge it produces cannot be appropriated by the investor. The first is a coordination problem; the second is a public-goods problem. They have different policy remedies — coordinated investment in one case, subsidies for exploration and some protection for the pioneer in the other.

9

4.7  The Hausmann–Rodrik–Velasco Growth Diagnostics 增长诊断学 Framework

slides 37–38 · Figure 4.3 · Todaro 13e §4.7, pp. 192–198

The chapter closes its constructive part by refusing to give a general answer — and the refusal is the framework.

  • Focus on a country's most binding constraints 绑定约束 on economic growth. A binding constraint is the one limiting factor that, if relaxed, would be the item that accelerates growth.
  • There is no "one size fits all" in development policy.
  • It therefore requires careful research to determine the most likely binding constraint.
  • The framework has been adopted by the Inter-American Development Bank (IDB) and the World Bank — which is why it is worth knowing by name.

Figure 4.3 — the decision tree

The tree starts from a single symptom and works backwards. The problem at the top is low levels of private investment and entrepreneurship. There are only two possible causes, and they are an exhaustive pair:

Low return to economic activity
Investment is unattractive. This splits into low social returns — caused by poor geography or bad infrastructure, with low human capital downstream — and low appropriability 低专属权: investors cannot reap an adequate share of the returns to investment, caused by government failures or market failures.
High cost of finance
Investment is attractive but unaffordable. This splits into bad international finance and bad local finance, with low domestic saving and poor intermediation downstream.

The bottom row of the tree names the possible binding constraints, and it is the part worth learning as a list:

BranchPossible binding constraints
Low social returns Poor geography · Bad infrastructure · Low human capital
Low appropriability — government failures Micro risks: property rights, corruption, taxes · Macro risks: financial, monetary, fiscal instability
Low appropriability — market failures Information externalities ("self-discovery") · Coordination externalities
High cost of finance Low domestic saving · Poor intermediation (with low domestic saving, poor intermediation)
🔑 Key idea

Notice where the chapter's own two theories land in this tree. Coordination externalities and information externalities both appear as market failures causing low appropriability — the 4.3 big push and the 4.6 self-discovery argument are the two mechanisms the tree gives for why the return to investment might not be privately captureable. Growth diagnostics is what the chapter does with its own contents: it puts them in a decision tree and refuses to say in advance which branch matters.

4.8 Conclusions

The deeper point is that people keep doing inefficient things because it is rational to keep doing them. This leads to a fundamental problem of coordination failure. Government policy and aid will be necessary to overcome the resulting vicious circles of underdevelopment.

The chapter's final sentence is a warning as much as a conclusion. Government is not an outside party that arrives to fix the equilibrium: it is part of the economy being modelled, and its behaviour is itself partly determined by the underdeveloped economy. The textbook's example is a dictator who prefers to keep his country in an underdevelopment trap, knowing that as the economy develops he will lose power. The same complementarities that make policy powerful make a bad policy durable — and that is why the chapter ends on analysis rather than on prescription.

10

The Instructor's Exercises

slide 42 · the last page of the deck

Two exercises appear on the closing slide, and the reading he set alongside them. Both are drawing questions, which is a reliable signal about what the exam will ask.

Exercise 1 Multiple equilibria
Show in a diagram an S-curve and a 45-degree line. Are all three points of intersection stable equilibrium points? Explain.

No — only two of the three are stable.

Draw the privately rational decision function as an S-shape against the 45° line, with a positive vertical intercept in the same style as Figure 4.1. It cuts the 45° line three times.

The stability test is the direction of the crossing, and it is worth stating both ways because either can be asked:

  • D1 and D3 cross from above — equivalently, the curve is flatter than the 45° line at those points (slope less than 1). Stable. A small change in expectations is self-correcting: if agents expected a little more investment than D3, the privately rational level would be lower than expected, pulling expectations back down.
  • D2 crosses from below — the curve is steeper than 45° there. Unstable. A little less investment expected and the economy falls to D1; a little more and it climbs to D3. It is the dividing line between the two basins of attraction, not a resting place.

The economic reading: the economy can rest at either a low-investment or a high-investment equilibrium, and both are self-sustaining. Nothing in the market moves it from the first to the second, which is the coordination failure.

Exercise 2 The Big Push
The "Big Push" theory posits that for developing countries to achieve economic takeoff, it is necessary for the government to initiate the development of a series of complementary industries through large-scale investment, thereby stimulating the growth of the entire economy. Draw a graph to briefly describe the main model of the "Big Push" theory and its limitations.

The graph. Labour L on the horizontal axis, output Q on the vertical, price fixed at 1 so revenue reads off the Q axis.

  • The traditional production function: a straight line from the origin with slope 1 (one worker, one unit). Trace the wage bill line for the traditional sector on top of it — same origin, same slope 1, so the traditional firm earns zero.
  • The modern production function: flat along the axis until L = F (the fixed cost), then a straight line with slope 1/c > 1.
  • Mark L/N on the horizontal axis, and the two output levels Q1 (point A) and Q2 (point B) above it.
  • Draw wage bill lines from the origin with slope W. Their position is the whole argument: a line below A means the market industrialises by itself; a line above B means it never will; a line between A and B means two equilibria exist and the market picks the worse one.

Why case 3 is a coordination failure. A single modern firm would lose money, so it does not enter. But if firms entered in all N markets, wages and income would rise everywhere, and the output at B would be profitable. Everyone would be better off and nobody is made worse off — it is a Pareto improvement that the market cannot reach unaided.

The limitations. Group them rather than listing them:

  • The model's own assumptions — one factor (labour), a closed economy, perfectly symmetric sectors, and a limit-pricing monopolist who cannot price above 1. Relaxing the closed- economy assumption weakens but does not destroy the result.
  • The super-entrepreneur objection, and its answer. If the investments are jointly profitable, why does nobody do them all? Capital market failures, monitoring costs and asymmetric information, communication failures, limits to knowledge — and no empirical evidence that it is possible.
  • It does not say a big push is always a good idea. Case 2 shows a wage so high that industrialising is simply unprofitable. The theory identifies a coordination problem; it does not license industrialisation at any price.
  • It cannot tell you where a given country sits. There is no easy test to locate a traditional economy on the continuum — which is precisely the gap that growth diagnostics and self-discovery were invented to fill.
  • Government is endogenous. The state that is supposed to supply the coordinated push is itself part of the economy being modelled, and may have its own reasons for preferring the bad equilibrium.
💬 Think

The reading the instructor set is 郭熙保等著《发展经济学》第四章第三节「中国经济增长及其动力因素」 — a Chinese-language treatment of China's growth and its drivers. It is not in the Todaro textbook, and it is the only non-English source set in the course so far. If it turns up in an exam question, the connection to make is with the big push: China's industrialisation was coordinated rather than left to market forces, which is exactly the Case 3 intervention the model describes.

11

Formula Sheet

print-friendly
Complements and the S-curve
Equilibrium where the privately rational decision function crosses the 45° line
Stable at a crossing from above (slope < 1); unstable from below (slope > 1). Nothing in the geometry assumes the S-shape — it comes from the complementarity.
Modern-sector labour requirement
L = F + cQ   (c < 1)
Increasing returns to scale. F is a minimum number of workers — capital is not in the model, so the fixed cost has to be modelled in labour.
Output at point A
Q1 = (L/N) / (1 + cF/(L/N))
From the slide's L/N = F + cQ. The modern firm produces what the traditional producers produced, so the traditional technique is never profitable at a price above 1.
Output at point B
Q2 = (L/N − F) / c
Same L/N workers, modern technique. Also written on the slide as L/N = F + cQ2.
Break-even wage
W = 1 / (c + F/Q)
A modern firm producing Q breaks even where its wage bill line through the origin just cuts the modern production function.
The two break-even wages
WA = 1/(c + F/Q1)  <  WB = 1/(c + F/Q2)
Substitute each output into the break-even condition. The ordering is an identity, because Q1 < Q2 makes F/Q1 > F/Q2.
The three regimes
W < WA  ·  WA < W < WB  ·  W > WB
Market industrialises alone · two equilibria, the Big Push case · never industrialises. Three different economies, not three moments in time.
Limit-pricing constraint
P = 1
The modern monopolist cannot price above 1 without inviting the traditional technique back in, so all its advantage must come from cost — never from price.
Modern firm's profit
π = PQ − WL = Q − W(F + cQ)
With P = 1, revenue is Q. At point A, π(A) = Q1 − W(F + cQ1) < 0 in Case 3; at point B, π(B) = Q2 − W(F + cQ2) > 0.
O-ring production function
BF(qiqj) = qiqj   (B = 1)
Output is the product of the task qualities. Never write subscripts inside an SVG if you draw this — the HTML parser leaves the SVG element at <sub>.
Assortative matching
2qHqL < qH2 + qL2
Matching beats mixing. The slide's form — qH2 + qL2 > 2qHqL — is the same statement, and is true for any qH ≠ qL.
O-ring worked example
0.43 = 0.064 → 0.4²×0.5 = 0.080  ·  0.83 = 0.512 → 0.8²×1.0 = 0.640
Both a 25% increase. The point changes are 0.016 and 0.128 — eight times greater for a doubled point-value input.
Growth diagnostics
Relax the most binding constraint
The one limiting factor that, if relaxed, would accelerate growth. A decision tree, not a recipe — adopted by the IDB and the World Bank.
12

Key Concepts

35 terms · 25 from the textbook

This chapter is unusually well supplied with margin definitions — the textbook defines 25 terms inside its own pages. Every term below with a 中文 anchor is one the instructor glossed himself on the slides.

Coordination failure 协调失灵
A situation in which the inability of agents to coordinate their behaviour leads to an outcome that leaves all agents worse off than in an alternative situation that is also an equilibrium.
Complementarity 互补性
An action taken by one firm, worker, or organisation that increases the incentives for other agents to take similar actions. Often involves investments whose return depends on other agents' investments.
Congestion
The opposite of a complementarity: an action taken by one agent that decreases the incentives for other agents to take similar actions.
Multiple equilibria
A condition in which more than one equilibrium exists. These equilibria may be ranked, but the unaided market will not move the economy to the preferred outcome.
Deep interventions
A government policy that can move the economy to a preferred equilibrium, or even to a higher permanent rate of growth, which then becomes self-sustaining — so the policy need no longer be enforced, because the better equilibrium prevails without further intervention.
Where-to-meet dilemma
All parties would be better off cooperating than competing but lack information about how to do so. If cooperation is achieved, there is no subsequent incentive to defect — which is what distinguishes it from the prisoners' dilemma.
Prisoners' dilemma
All parties would be better off cooperating, but once cooperation has been achieved each party would gain most by cheating, provided the others stick to the agreement — so any agreement unravels.
Pareto improvement
A situation in which one or more persons may be made better off without making anyone worse off. The industrialised equilibrium of the big push is one.
Big push
A concerted, economy-wide, and typically public policy-led effort to initiate or accelerate economic development across a broad spectrum of new industries and skills.
Pecuniary externality 货币外部性
A positive or negative spillover effect on an agent's costs or revenues. This is the market failure the big push is built on.
Technological externality
A positive or negative spillover effect on a firm's production function through some means other than market exchange.
Linkages
Connections between firms based on sales. A backward linkage is one in which a firm buys a good from another firm to use as an input; a forward linkage is one in which a firm sells to another firm. Especially significant for industrialisation strategy.
Agency costs
The costs of monitoring managers and other employees, and of designing and implementing schemes to ensure compliance or provide incentives to follow the employer's wishes.
Asymmetric information 信息不对称
A situation in which one party to a potential transaction — often a buyer, seller, lender, or borrower — has more information than another party.
O-ring model
An economic model in which production functions exhibit strong complementarities among inputs, with broader implications for impediments to achieving economic development.
O-ring production function
A production function with strong complementarities among inputs, based on the products of the input qualities.
Positive assortative matching 正向匹配
High-skill workers work with high-skill workers and low-skill with low-skill. Follows from the multiplicativity of the O-ring production function.
Poverty trap
A bad equilibrium for a family, community, or nation, involving a vicious circle in which poverty and underdevelopment lead to more poverty and underdevelopment — often from one generation to the next.
Underdevelopment trap
A poverty trap at the regional or national level, in which underdevelopment tends to perpetuate itself over time.
Middle-income trap 中等收入陷阱
A condition in which an economy begins development to reach middle-income status but is chronically unable to progress to high-income status. Often related to low capacity for original innovation or for absorption of advanced technology, and may be compounded by high inequality.
Information externality
The spillover of information — such as knowledge of a production process — from one agent to another without a market transaction. Reflects the public-good character of information, and its susceptibility to free riding. The market failure behind self-discovery.
Self-discovery 自我探索
Hausmann and Rodrik's claim: a country's true costs of producing a good are discovered only by producing it, and the answer is then free to imitators — so exploration is under-provided.
Binding constraints 绑定约束
The one limiting factor that, if relaxed, would be the item that accelerates growth — or that allows a larger amount of some other targeted outcome.
Growth diagnostics 增长诊断学
A decision tree framework for identifying a country's most binding constraints on economic growth.
Low appropriability 低专属权
Investors cannot reap an adequate share of the returns to investment. On the diagnostics tree it is one of the two causes of a low return to economic activity, and it is where both of this chapter's market-failure theories land.
Social returns
The profitability of an investment in which both costs and benefits are accounted for from the perspective of society as a whole.
Shadow price
The change in the objective function due to an increase in the supply of a constrained input.
Economic agent
An economic actor — usually a firm, worker, consumer, or government official — that chooses actions so as to maximise an objective. Often shortened to "agents".
Inefficient advantages of incumbency 现存低效优势
An existing firm has low costs because of increasing returns to scale, so a firm using the old technique has an advantage over any rival who would switch. The outcome is unproductive even though the advantage is real.
Intertemporal effects 跨期
Investment must be undertaken in the current period to obtain a more efficient production process in the next period — a further reason a big push may be needed.
Urbanisation effects
A big push to urbanisation is needed to achieve industrialisation, because modern production is urban and the demand has to exist before the firms arrive.
Infrastructure effects
One product sector's industrialisation increases the infrastructure services used by other product sectors — and those services are only worth building at a scale no single sector justifies.
Training effects
Underinvestment in training facilities, because workers may be enticed away with higher wages offered by rival firms. The firm that pays cannot capture the return.
Limit-pricing monopolist
The modern firm's market structure in the big push model. It would like to price above 1 but cannot, because the traditional technique would take its business — so it charges 1 and competes on cost alone.
Super-entrepreneur
A single agent who internalises the whole coordination problem by undertaking all the complementary investments. The slides argue this cannot solve it, because capital market failures, agency costs, asymmetric information, communication failures and limits to knowledge do not disappear when a firm grows.
13

Self-Check

20 questions · graded
0 / 0 correct

The O-ring calculation questions reproduce the instructor's own numbers exactly. Work them before revealing.

A · Coordination failure and multiple equilibria

Sections 4.1 and 4.2. Definitions first, then the geometry.
Q1What makes a coordination failure a failure, as the chapter defines it?
Correct.The comparison is against another equilibrium, not against a planner's optimum. That is what makes it a coordination problem rather than a simple shortage of resources.
Not quite.Option B is the tempting one, but the definition compares the outcome with an alternative equilibrium. Option A is wrong for the opposite reason: the whole point is that the behaviour is individually rational.
Q2In Figure 4.1, the privately rational decision function has a positive vertical intercept. What does that represent?
Correct.The slide's first step: some agents may take the complementary action — such as investing — even if others in the economy do not. That is what lifts the intercept off the origin.
Not quite.The intercept exists because some agents act regardless of what they expect others to do. It is what makes the low-level intersection D1 possible rather than eliminating it.
Q3An equilibrium in Figure 4.1 is stable when the privately rational decision function crosses the 45° line…
Correct.D1 and D3 cross from above, which is the same as saying the curve is flatter than the diagonal there. Small expectation errors are then self-correcting.
Not quite.It is the crossing from above, where the curve is flatter than 45°. The crossing from below is D2, the unstable one — and note that option C is exactly where D2 sits, which is why the unstable point is at the middle of the S rather than at its edge.
Q4Why does the curve rise slowly at first, before the snowball effect begins?
Correct.The update's own wording: with few participants, spillovers are weak, so the curve rises slowly.
Not quite.It is the weakness of early spillovers. Note the sequence the update gives: slow start (few participants) → snowball (strong spillovers) → diminishing gains (most investors already benefit).
Q5In the where-to-meet dilemma, all parties want to cooperate and there is no incentive to cheat once they do. How does this differ from a prisoners' dilemma?
Correct.The distinguishing feature is the incentive to defect after cooperation. In the where-to-meet case there is none, which makes it the closer analogue of a coordination failure.
Not quite.In both, the parties prefer cooperation to competition — that is what makes them a family. The difference is what happens once cooperation is reached: in the prisoners' dilemma, cheating pays.

B · The Big Push

Section 4.3. The assumptions and the three cases.
Q6The modern sector's production function is L = F + cQ with c < 1. What is the economic meaning of F?
Correct.Capital is not in the model — there is one factor of production, labour — so the only way to introduce a fixed cost is to require a minimum number of workers. On the graph this is why the modern production function starts at L = F rather than at the origin.
Not quite.F is the fixed cost in units of labour: no product can be produced unless a minimum of F workers is employed. The wage premium is W, and N is the number of products.
Q7Why does the modern monopolist charge a price of 1, the same as the traditional producers?
Correct.The monopolist faces unit-elastic demand and would profit from a higher price — but the traditional technique is still available and is profitable at any price above 1. So the modern firm's whole advantage has to come from producing the same quantity more cheaply.
Not quite.It is the competitive threat, not a rule. The traditional technique would be profitable at a price above 1 and would take the market, so the monopolist cannot go higher.
Q8A wage bill line passes between points A and B. What follows?
Correct.This is Case 3, the case the theory is about. A lone modern firm would lose money, so it does not enter; but if all N sectors industrialised together, point B would be profitable. Two equilibria, and the market picks the worse one.
Not quite.A line between A and B is the coordination- failure case. Below A the market industrialises alone; above B it never will; between them there are two equilibria.
Q9Which change makes it more likely that the wage bill line passes below point A?
Correct.The slides state it directly: the steeper the modern-sector production technique or the lower the fixed costs, the more likely the wage bill passes below point A. In the model's parameters, that is a smaller c or a smaller F.
Not quite.It is greater efficiency (steeper technique, so smaller c) or lower fixed costs. A higher wage W pushes the line up, away from A.
Q10Why can a super-entrepreneur not simply internalise the coordination problem and capture the rent?
Correct.That is the slides' list, and the last item is an appeal to the empirical record rather than a theoretical argument.
Not quite.The point is that the problem reappears inside the organisation — monitoring managers, asymmetric information, communication failure, and the limits of any one agent's knowledge.
Q11A country's modern sector is efficient and its fixed costs are low, but its modern wage is very high. Which case is it in?
Correct.Case 2 is when the wage bill line passes above point B. Note that this is not a coordination failure — the market is doing the right thing — which is the case-specific point the slides make.
Not quite.A high W pushes the wage bill line up past B, so even a fully industrialised economy would lose money. That is Case 2, and it is not a failure.
Q12Workers in the industrialised equilibrium are at least as well off as they were in the traditional sector. Why does this matter?
Correct.Workers can afford proportionally more goods and they moved sectors voluntarily, so nobody is made worse off. The economy is leaving a Pareto improvement unclaimed — which is what justifies calling it a failure rather than a hard choice.
Not quite.The point is that nobody is made worse off, so the better equilibrium is unambiguously better. That is what turns "the market chose differently" into "the market failed".

C · The O-Ring model

Section 4.5. The numbers here are exactly the instructor's.
Q13Two firms each have three workers. In the first, q = 0.4 for all three; in the second, q = 0.8. Output is the product of the q values. One worker in each firm improves by 25% — from 0.4 to 0.5 and from 0.8 to 1.0. What are the two changes in output?
Correct.0.064 → 0.080 is a change of 0.016; 0.512 → 0.640 is a change of 0.128. Both are 25% increases, but the point values differ by a factor of eight — for a doubled point-value investment.
Not quite.Both improvements are 25% in percentage terms, but the point changes are 0.016 and 0.128. Option D uses the wrong starting level for the second firm (0.43 instead of 0.83).
Q14The slide writes qH2 + qL2 > 2qHqL. What is the status of this inequality?
Correct.The textbook says so outright: recall that (x − y)2 > 0 for any x that is not the same as y, so let x stand for qH and y for qL. The line's real job is to rule out the badly matched pairing. The substantive claim — that matching beats mixing — needs the rearrangement 2qHqL < qH2 + qL2.
Not quite.It is true for any unequal pair, because it is just (qH − qL)2 > 0 written out. It is a lemma on the way to the matching result, not the result itself.
Q15What is positive assortative matching, and why does the O-ring production function produce it?
Correct.Because total value is higher under matching than under mixing, a firm starting with high-productivity workers can afford to bid more for additional high-productivity workers — producing a cascade from the top down.
Not quite.It is like-with-like: high skills together, low skills together. Option B describes skill mixing, which is what the model rules out.
Q16The textbook says the O-ring sorting result depends on two crucial assumptions. Which?
Correct.If workers were perfect substitutes (qH = 2qL), a high-skill worker is just two low-skill ones and there is no prediction about which combination a firm uses. And if tasks were additive rather than complementary — F(qHqL) = g(qH) + h(qL) — the optimal skill for one task would be independent of the other.
Not quite.Risk-neutrality, competitive labour markets and inelastic supply are assumptions of the model, but the two the textbook singles out as crucial are imperfect substitutability and complementarity of tasks.
Q17Why does the O-ring model predict that wages will be more than proportionally higher in developed countries than standard skill measures would suggest?
Correct.It is the increasing return to q, which follows from the multiplicative form. It is also why measured human capital explains so little of the observed income gap — the model says the gap is bigger than the skill gap.
Not quite.The mechanism is that wages increase in q at an increasing rate, so a small measured skill difference translates into a large wage difference.
Q18How does the self-discovery argument differ from the big push argument?
Correct.The big push is a coordination problem — the investment is unprofitable in isolation because demand is not there. Self-discovery is a public-goods problem — the investment may be perfectly profitable, but the answer it produces is free to imitators.
Not quite.The distinction is information versus coordination. Self-discovery's market failure is that knowledge of what works spills over without a market transaction, so exploration is under-provided.
Q19On the growth diagnostics tree, the symptom is low private investment. Which two causes exhaust the possibilities?
Correct.Investment is either unattractive or unaffordable. Everything else on the tree — geography, infrastructure, human capital, micro and macro risks, information and coordination externalities, saving and intermediation — sits below one of those two branches.
Not quite.Options B, C and D are all lower branches of the tree. The first split is low return versus high cost of finance.
Q20Where do this chapter's two market-failure theories — the big push and self-discovery — appear on the growth diagnostics tree, and why does that placement matter?

Both appear under low appropriability, which is itself one of the two causes of a low return to economic activity.

Trace the branch. The symptom is low private investment. One of its two possible causes is a low return to economic activity. That in turn splits into low social returns — poor geography, bad infrastructure, low human capital — and low appropriability 低专属权: investors cannot reap an adequate share of the returns to investment. Low appropriability splits into government failures (micro risks; macro risks) and market failures, and the market-failure branch has exactly two leaves:

  • Information externalities, annotated on the slide as "self-discovery" — section 4.6;
  • Coordination externalities — section 4.3's big push.

Why the placement matters. It shows the chapter is not a list of theories but a structured argument. Both theories are saying the same kind of thing — the private return to an investment is lower than the social return, so too little is undertaken — and they differ only in the mechanism by which the return fails to be captured: demand complementarity in one case, knowledge spillover in the other. It also makes the framework's discipline visible. Having put them there, the tree offers no reason to prefer them over the other leaves: poor geography, bad infrastructure, property rights, corruption, fiscal instability, saving rates and intermediation are all equally candidates, and the framework's whole claim is that you must do the research to find out which is actually binding in the country in front of you.

Chapter 5

Poverty, Inequality, and Development

Todaro & Smith, Economic Development, Ch. 5 Source: Chapter5.pdf — 72 slides One interactive model · instructor's exercise with answer

Chapter 2 measured the gap between rich and poor countries. This chapter turns the camera around and asks who, inside a country, gets what. The two questions sound similar and are not: a country can have a respectable average income and still leave a fifth of its people below any defensible poverty line, and it can have a modest average income with very little absolute deprivation. Growth is not the same thing as development, and the tools in this chapter are what let you say precisely why.

The first half is measurement, and it is the part that gets examined. A Lorenz curve, a Gini coefficient, a headcount index and a poverty gap all answer slightly different questions, and the exam will ask you to keep them apart. The second half is interpretation: what inequality does to welfare, whether growth makes it worse (the Kuznets curve), who the poor actually are, and what policy can do. The instructor's own deck is unusually China-heavy here — eight slides on the poverty line and the war on poverty — and that material is kept together in one section so the numbers can be read as a single story rather than as scattered facts.

1

Concept Map

how the chapter builds
The question Income per head is an average. Development asks about the distribution behind the average, and about the people at the bottom of it.
first, draw the distribution
5.1 Size distribution 规模分配 Rank people by income and report each fifth's share. The Kuznets ratio compares the top fifth with the bottom two.
Lorenz curve 洛伦兹曲线 Plot cumulative income against cumulative population. The further the curve sags below the 45° line, the more unequal the distribution.
compress the curve into one number
Gini coefficient 基尼系数 The area between the Lorenz curve and the diagonal, divided by the whole triangle. From 0 (perfect equality) to 1 (one person takes everything).
Functional distribution 功能分配 The other way to slice income: wages to labour, profits to capital. Market demand and supply give the textbook picture — and the textbook immediately says what it leaves out.
now look at the bottom of the distribution
Absolute poverty 绝对贫困 Headcount, total poverty gap, average gap, income shortfall, the FGT family, and the multidimensional MPI. Each fixes a defect in the one before.
The poverty line 贫困线 From $1.00 a day in 1985 PPPs to $3.00 in 2021 PPPs. The line moves with the price data, and so does every count taken against it.
then ask what growth does to the picture
Three growth typologies Traditional-sector enrichment lifts the bottom and improves the Lorenz curve; modern-sector enrichment lifts only the top and worsens it; modern-sector enlargement moves people from one sector to the other and makes the curves cross.
Kuznets inverted-U 库兹涅茨倒U Inequality rises in the early stages of growth and falls later. The slide's own data show the curve is a tendency, not a law — and some countries trace a U instead.
finally, who and what to do
5.4 Who are the poor Rural residents, women, ethnic minorities and indigenous populations are over-represented at every income level.
5.5 Policy options Four areas of intervention, from changing factor prices to progressive taxation and public provision. China's targeted programme is the deck's worked case.
2

5.1  Measuring Inequality and Poverty

slides 13–19 · Todaro 13e §5.1, pp. 220–228

The chapter opens with seven questions, and they are worth reading as a list because the rest of the deck answers them in order: what is the extent of relative inequality and how is it related to poverty; who are the poor; who benefits from growth; does rapid growth necessarily cause greater inequality; do the poor benefit from growth; are high levels of inequality always bad; and what policies can reduce poverty.

Two ways to describe a distribution

Size distribution 规模分配
Rank individuals or households by income and report the share of total income received by each slice of the population — quintiles (20%), deciles (10%), or quantiles (25%). This is the distribution the Lorenz curve and the Gini coefficient summarise.
Functional distribution 功能分配
The share of national income paid to each factor of production — labour's share in wages and capital's share in profits. It answers a different question: not who is rich, but which input earns what.

An individual's position on the size distribution is called a quintile or decile. The first decile is the poorest tenth, the second decile the next tenth, and so on. The instructor's own gloss is worth remembering: quintile 五分之一, decile 十分之一.

Table 5.1 — the raw data the chapter works from

The table arranges twenty individuals in ascending order of annual income, from 0.8 units to 15.0 units, and reports the share of national income held by each fifth and each tenth. Read the share columns, not the individual incomes: the question is always what fraction of the total a group holds.

Income groupQuintile share (%)Decile share (%) Cumulative share (%)
Poorest 10%—1.81.8
Second 10%53.25.0
Third 10%—3.98.9
Fourth 10%95.114.0
Fifth 10%—5.819.8
Sixth 10%137.227.0
Seventh 10%—9.036.0
Eighth 10%2213.049.0
Ninth 10%—22.571.5
Richest 10%5128.5100.0

Two summary statistics come straight out of the table.

  • The Kuznets ratio 库兹涅茨比率 is the income of the top 20% divided by the income of the bottom 40%. In Table 5.1 the top quintile holds 51% and the bottom two quintiles hold 5 + 9 = 14%, so the ratio is 51 / 14 = 3.64. A larger ratio means a more unequal distribution.
  • The shares must add to 100. The quintile column gives 5 + 9 + 13 + 22 + 51 = 100 and the decile column gives 1.8 + 3.2 + 3.9 + 5.1 + 5.8 + 7.2 + 9.0 + 13.0 + 22.5 + 28.5 = 100. This is a useful check on any transcription of the table; a column that does not sum to 100 has been read wrong.
⚠️ Trap

The Kuznets ratio is sometimes defined the other way up — bottom 40 over top 20 — in which case it is below 1 and a larger number means more equality. The textbook and these slides use top over bottom, so 3.64 means the richest fifth get 3.64 times what the poorest two fifths get. State which way up you are using it in an exam answer.

The individual incomes in the underlying table are not needed for the exam, but one feature of them is worth noticing: the jump between individual 16 (7.1) and individual 17 (10.5) is larger than the entire range from individual 1 to individual 10. The top of a developing country's income distribution is not simply a scaled-up version of the bottom; it is a different distribution.

3

The Lorenz Curve and the Gini Coefficient

slides 18–28 · Figures 5.1–5.4 · Todaro 13e §5.1, pp. 224–229

The Lorenz curve is the picture behind every inequality number in the chapter, and it is drawn from exactly the cumulative column of Table 5.1. The horizontal axis is the cumulative percentage of income recipients, from poorest to richest; the vertical axis is the cumulative percentage of income they receive.

Reading the curve

  • The 45° line is perfect equality. If everyone had the same income, the poorest 10% would receive 10% of income, the poorest 20% would receive 20%, and so on. The curve would be the diagonal.
  • The Lorenz curve always lies on or below the diagonal, because the poorest group cannot receive more than its proportional share in a distribution ranked from poorest to richest. It starts at (0, 0) and ends at (100, 100).
  • The further it sags, the more unequal the distribution. Figure 5.2 puts a relatively flat curve beside a deeply bowed one and asks you to see that the second is the more unequal economy — without any numbers at all.
  • A curve that crosses another is ambiguous. Figure 5.4's curves B and C cross. B lies above C for the poorest deciles but below C in the middle, so which economy is "more equal" depends on which part of the distribution you care about. The slides take the sensible line: if you prioritise the poorest, B is more equal because the poorest are richer; if you think a strong middle class is what equality means, C is. A and D do not cross, so A is unambiguously more equal than D.

The Gini coefficient

The Gini coefficient 基尼系数 is the most widely used single number. Geometrically it is the area between the Lorenz curve and the 45° line (call it A), divided by the area of the whole triangle below the 45° line (A plus B):

Gini = A / (A + B)   =   (area between curve and diagonal) / 0.5 Figure 5.3

It runs from 0, perfect equality, to 1, perfect inequality. A larger coefficient means more inequality. For Table 5.1 the slide computes the area under the Lorenz curve by adding up trapezoids between successive quintiles:

Worked The Gini coefficient of Table 5.1
Cumulative quintile shares: 0.05, 0.14, 0.27, 0.49, 1.00. Each quintile is 0.2 of the population wide.
  1. Area under the curve, trapezoid by trapezoid. 0.05 × 0.2 × 0.5 + (0.05 + 0.14) × 0.2 × 0.5 + (0.14 + 0.27) × 0.2 × 0.5 + (0.27 + 0.49) × 0.2 × 0.5 + (0.49 + 1) × 0.2 × 0.5 = 0.29
  2. The total area below the diagonal is 0.5. A triangle of base 1 and height 1 has area 0.5.
  3. The Gini is the gap over the total. (0.5 − 0.29) / 0.5 = 0.42
A Gini of 0.42 is high by rich-country standards — the United States is around 0.41 and most of western Europe is in the high twenties or low thirties — and typical of the illustrative distribution in Table 5.1. Note that the same Gini can come from very different Lorenz curves, which is why the curve is always worth drawing alongside the number.
Model 7

Lorenz curves under three growth typologies

A two-sector economy: a traditional sector paid 1 and a modern sector paid a premium w, with the modern sector covering a share p of the population. The solid curve is the baseline; the dashed curve moves as you drag. The presets reproduce Figures 5.7–5.9.

China's Gini coefficient

The deck tracks the Chinese series, and the shape is the interesting part: it rose steeply during the reform era, peaked around 2008, and has edged down since.

YearGini coefficientWhat was happening
before 1978below 0.2A planned economy with compressed wages and a large rural population
19870.30Early reform, rural industry, the first widening
20080.491The peak of the series on the deck
20120.474Gradual decline begins
20190.465Roughly stable near the mid-0.46s
20240.465Top 20% / bottom 20% disposable-income ratio 10.4 (10.2 in 2020)

The deck gives three reasons for the large income gap, and they map onto the Lewis model from Chapter 3: migration of rural labour into a dual economy changes the distribution as it proceeds; uneven development across industries widens the gap between them; and unbalanced regional development widens the gap between regions. All three are transitional mechanisms — they say inequality rises because the economy is moving, not because it is stuck.

📖 Beyond the slides

The deck's 2024 figure is a reminder that Chinese inequality statistics are reported with a lag and are revised. The National Bureau of Statistics has published a Gini around 0.46–0.47 for the past decade; independent estimates that adjust for under-reported top incomes put it higher. For exam purposes the shape — up sharply after 1978, peaking around 2008, slow decline since — matters more than the second decimal place.

4

The Functional Distribution of Income

slides 30–32 · Figure 5.5

The size distribution asks who gets income. The functional distribution asks which factor gets it: labour in wages, capital in profits. The neoclassical picture is a demand-and-supply diagram with two factors, capital fixed and labour variable.

  • The labour demand curve is the marginal product of labour, MPL, sloping down because of diminishing returns to labour on a fixed capital stock.
  • The labour supply curve SL slopes up; where the two meet gives the employment level LE and the wage WE.
  • Total output is the whole area under the demand curve up to LE, because each additional worker produces their marginal product and the area sums those products.
  • Labour's share is the wage rectangle 0–WE–E–LE: the wage times the number of workers.
  • Capitalists' share is the triangle above the wage and below the demand curve, WE–R–E: output minus the wage bill.
⚠️ Trap

The slide's labels are easy to miscopy. Labour's share is a rectangle (uniform wage times employment); capital's share is a triangle (the residual). Total output is the whole area under the demand curve, not the rectangle. A common exam error is to label the whole rectangle as output, or the triangle as labour's share.

The slide ends with its own limitation, and it is the one to reproduce: this theory ignores nonmarket forces — institutions, bargaining power, discrimination, and policy. That is not a small caveat. In a developing country, a large informal sector, weak labour law, caste or ethnic stratification, and government-set wages all break the neat tangency. The functional distribution is a benchmark, not a description.

💬 Think

Why does the chapter put the functional distribution in the middle of a section on measurement, rather than in the theory chapter? Because the two distributions are connected through policy. A policy that changes relative factor prices — say, a subsidy that makes capital cheap — shifts the functional distribution toward capital, and that in turn changes the size distribution, because the owners of capital are not the same people as the suppliers of labour. The slides' policy section returns to exactly this point.

5

Measuring Absolute Poverty

slides 33–46 · Todaro 13e §5.2, pp. 228–234

Inequality is about the shape of the whole distribution. Poverty is about the bottom of it, and it needs its own measures because two countries with identical Lorenz curves can have very different numbers of people below a poverty line. The slides build the measures in a sequence, and each one repairs a defect in the one before.

The headcount index

H/N  where  H = number of people below the poverty line, N = total population P0

The headcount index 人头指数 is the fraction of the population that is poor. Its defect is that it is completely insensitive to depth: a person earning $0.50 a day and a person earning $1.85 a day are counted identically under a $1.90 line, although the first is far worse off. It also creates a perverse incentive for officials, who can show progress most cheaply by lifting the people nearest the line.

The total poverty gap

TPG = Σi=1H (Yp − Yi) (5.1)

The total poverty gap (TPG) sums, over every poor person, the shortfall between the poverty line Yp and that person's income Yi. It is the amount of income that would have to be transferred to bring everyone up to the line, ignoring administrative costs and behavioural responses. Figure 5.6 draws two countries with the same 50% headcount and different gaps: the one whose poor are further below the line has the larger shaded area, and needs the larger effort.

Four ways to normalise the gap

Average poverty gap (APG)
APG = TPG / N
The gap per head of the whole population. It rises if the poor get poorer or if there are more of them.
Normalised poverty gap (NPG)
NPG = APG / Yp
A unitless measure between 0 and 1, useful for comparing countries with different poverty lines.
Average income shortfall (AIS)
AIS = TPG / H
The gap per poor person, not per head. It tells you how far below the line the average poor person lives.
Normalised income shortfall (NIS)
NIS = AIS / Yp
The shortfall as a fraction of the line. A NIS of 0.3 means the average poor person is 30% below the line.
⚠️ Trap

The two denominators are the exam trap. Divide by N and you are measuring the gap for the whole economy (APG); divide by H and you are measuring it for a poor person (AIS). The same TPG therefore gives two different numbers, and only one of them is the average depth of poverty among the poor.

The FGT index

The Foster–Greer–Thorbecke index puts the whole family in one formula:

Pα = (1/N) Σi=1H [ (Yp − Yi) / Yp ]α (5.3)
  • α = 0 gives the headcount ratio H/N.
  • α = 1 gives the normalised per-capita poverty gap, P1 = (H/N) × NIS.
  • α = 2 gives the squared poverty gap P2, which weights the deepest shortfalls most heavily. This is the measure the World Bank and Mexico's Progresa programme use.

The slide gives the alternative form of P2, which is worth knowing because it shows what the measure is made of:

P2 = (H/N) [ NIS² + (1 − NIS)² (CVp)² ] (5.4)

where CVp is the coefficient of variation of income among the poor. So P2 rises with the headcount, with the depth of the gap, and with inequality among the poor.

Worked The textbook's eight-person economy
Poverty line Yp = 1. Incomes: (0.6, 0.6, 0.8, 0.8, 2, 2, 6, 6). Four people are poor.
  1. Headcount. H = 4, N = 8, so H/N = 0.5
  2. Total poverty gap. (1 − 0.6) × 2 + (1 − 0.8) × 2 = 0.8 + 0.4 = 1.2
  3. Average gap per head. APG = 1.2 / 8 = 0.15, so NPG = 0.15
  4. Average shortfall per poor person. AIS = 1.2 / 4 = 0.30, so NIS = 0.30
  5. Squared poverty gap. P2 = (1/8)[0.4² + 0.4² + 0.2² + 0.2²] = (1/8)(0.16 + 0.16 + 0.04 + 0.04) = 0.4/8 = 0.05
The same data give P1 = (H/N) × NIS = 0.5 × 0.3 = 0.15 — numerically equal to the NPG here because the line is 1. That coincidence disappears when the poverty line is not 1, which is exactly why the normalised forms exist.

The Multidimensional Poverty Index

Income is a means, not an end. The MPI follows Sen's capability argument from Chapter 1 and counts deprivations directly. Identification uses a dual cutoff: first, a cutoff within each dimension (analogous to a poverty line); second, a cutoff in the number of dimensions in which a person must be deprived to count as poor. The deck's weights are:

Dimension (weight)Indicators (each indicator's weight)
Health (1/3) Any child in the family has died (1/6) · any adult or child is malnourished (1/6)
Education (1/3) No household member completed five years of schooling (1/6) · any school-aged child is out of school in grades 1–8 (1/6)
Standard of living (1/3) Six deprivations, each 1/18: no electricity; unsafe drinking water; inadequate sanitation; inadequate flooring; unimproved cooking fuel; lacking more than one of five assets (telephone, radio, TV, bicycle, motorbike)

With H the multidimensional headcount and A the average intensity of deprivation, the adjusted headcount ratio is simply their product:

MPI = M0 = H × A

The deck's Table 5.2 makes the multiplication visible. Bangladesh 2019: H = 0.383, A = 0.394, so MPI = 0.383 × 0.394 = 0.151. Afghanistan 2022/23: 0.522 × 0.514 = 0.268. Niger 2012: 0.899 × 0.661 = 0.594. The product form matters because it separates how many people are poor from how intensely they are deprived.

📖 Beyond the slides

Table 5.2's China row is a good illustration of why income poverty and multidimensional poverty can diverge: in 2014 China's multidimensional headcount was only 4.2%, but the average poor household was deprived on 41.6% of the weighted indicators, giving an MPI of 0.018. A low headcount does not mean the remaining poor are only slightly deprived — it means there are few of them and they are still fairly deprived.

6

5.2  Poverty, Inequality, and Social Welfare

slides 47–59 · Figures 5.7–5.12 · Todaro 13e §5.3, pp. 233–244

Why extreme inequality is bad

The slides give three reasons, and they are of different kinds. Extreme inequality leads to economic inefficiency — it blocks the poor from credit, education and health investment, so productive capacity is wasted. It undermines social stability and solidarity, which makes policy harder to sustain. And it is unfair — a normative judgement the chapter does not pretend is derivable from efficiency alone.

The welfare function the chapter uses stacks the three concerns together:

W = W(Y, I, P)   with  ∂W/∂Y > 0,   ∂W/∂I < 0,   ∂W/∂P < 0

Income per capita enters positively; inequality and absolute poverty enter negatively. The function is a way of keeping the three ideas separate before asking how a policy moves them. It is not a claim that one dollar of redistribution is worth one dollar to the rich: the negative sign on I is exactly the statement that a mean-preserving spread lowers welfare.

Three growth typologies and the shifting Lorenz curve

This is the most examinable diagram in the second half of the chapter. A two-sector economy can grow in three stylised ways, and each has a different effect on the Lorenz curve.

TypologyWhat growsEffect on distributionLorenz curve
Traditional-sector enrichment
传统部门致富
Incomes of agricultural workers rise; the modern sector barely grows More equal relative distribution, less poverty; the classic Sri Lanka and Kerala pattern Rotates upward toward the diagonal (Figure 5.7)
Modern-sector enrichment
现代部门致富
Growth is confined to a fixed number of people in the modern sector; traditional wages and numbers are constant Less equal distribution; the Latin American and African pattern in the deck's telling Rotates downward, away from the diagonal (Figure 5.8)
Modern-sector enlargement
现代部门扩大
The modern sector expands in size at constant wages in both sectors — the Lewis process Absolute incomes rise and poverty falls; relative inequality is ambiguous Curves cross (Figure 5.9)

The crossing in the third case is the point, and the slide spells out why. The poor who remain in the traditional sector have the same incomes, but those incomes are now a smaller fraction of a larger total, so the new curve lies below the old one at the lower end. Each modern-sector worker earns the same absolute income as before, but the richest group's share has fallen, so the new curve lies above the old one at the upper end. Two curves that cross cannot be ranked by the Gini coefficient alone, and the slide's answer — "ambiguous" — is the right one.

💬 Think

The modern-sector enlargement case is the historical experience of the now-developed countries and, partly, of China and East Asia. It is also the case the development literature most often wishes were universal: growth that absorbs the traditional sector, raises absolute incomes, and leaves the relative distribution to be sorted out later. The ambiguity is not a technicality. A country can truthfully say "poverty fell and inequality rose" at the same time.

The Kuznets inverted-U

Simon Kuznets hypothesised that inequality rises in the early stages of growth and falls in later stages, tracing an inverted U against income per capita. The mechanism is structural change: early growth concentrates in a modern sector that employs few people, so the gap between sectors widens; later, the modern sector absorbs enough of the population that the gap narrows again.

The slides immediately qualify the hypothesis with their own data:

  • Table 5.4 shows that per-capita income and the Gini coefficient are not tightly related. Malawi (income 320, Gini 44.7) and Niger (360, 34.3) differ sharply at similar incomes; Norway (76,160, 27.5) and the United States (59,160, 41.5) differ sharply at the top. The slide's own caption: "PC incomes are not necessarily related to inequality."
  • Figure 5.11 fits a Kuznets curve to a scatter of countries and highlights the Latin American observations, which sit far above the fitted line — high inequality at every income level.
  • Figure 5.12 plots the time path for selected countries. Brazil (labelled 1) traces the inverted-U; Hong Kong (4) and Singapore (5) trace a U — inequality fell and then rose. A hypothesis that predicts one shape and is contradicted by countries tracing the other is a tendency, not a law.
⚠️ Trap

Do not answer "growth causes inequality" as if it were the chapter's conclusion. The chapter's position is weaker and more interesting: growth can be distribution-neutral, inequality-improving or inequality-worsening depending on its character — the three typologies. The Kuznets curve is one historical pattern, not a causal law, and the deck's own Figures 5.11–5.12 are there to show it failing.

Growth and the incomes of the poor

Figure 5.10 plots the growth rate of GNP against the growth rate of incomes of the bottom 40% for a set of developing countries. Points on the 45° line mean the poorest 40% grew at the same rate as the economy; points above it mean they grew faster. Taiwan and South Korea sit above the line, India and the Philippines below. The lesson is the one the instructor keeps returning to: the poor can benefit from growth, but whether they do is an empirical question about the pattern of growth, not an implication of growth itself.

7

5.3  Absolute Poverty: Extent and Magnitude

slides 60–62 · Figure 5.14 · Table 5.5

The long-run story is one of extraordinary progress, and the short-run story is one of a setback.

  • 1990: 38% of the world's population lived below the international extreme-poverty line.
  • 2022: about 9%, or roughly 713 million people, below $2.15 a day at 2017 PPPs.
  • 2020: COVID-19 caused the first rise in decades — 8.9% in 2019 to 9.7% in 2020, and the World Bank estimates it pushed an additional 97 million people into extreme poverty.
⚠️ Trap — the deck contradicts itself on the line

Slide 2 says the June 2025 update is "$3.00 with 2017 PPPs"; slide 60 says "$3.00/day (2021 PPP), updated from $2.15 (2017 PPP)". The second is right: the World Bank's 2025 revision is $3.00 a day in 2021 prices, replacing $2.15 in 2017 prices. Slide 2 mislabels the PPP base year.

The more important trap is mixing vintages. The 9% / 713 million figures and Table 5.5 are computed on the old $1.90 or $2.15 line. The new $3.00 line is higher, so measured poverty under it is larger; a figure quoted against the new line is not comparable with the 9% series. Always check which line a number was computed against before comparing two of them.

The regional pattern is the one the chapter stresses. East Asia, led by China, saw a dramatic reduction approaching elimination. South Asia saw a large decline but still has substantial numbers. Sub-Saharan Africa made the slowest progress, and most of the world's extreme poor now live there. The deck's Figure 5.14 plots the global headcount ratio from 1990 to 2022 and marks both the COVID spike and the 2022 level; Table 5.5 gives country incidence at two lines.

Country (survey year)P0 at $1.90 (%) P2 at $1.90 (%)P0 at $3.80 (%)
Bangladesh (2016)14.770.7865.15
Brazil (2017)4.831.0312.28
China (2015)0.730.0711.78
India (2011)21.231.2870.96
Niger (2014)44.515.5683.56
Rwanda (2016)55.509.7484.83
South Africa (2014)18.892.9044.30
Vietnam (2016)1.970.1213.07

Read the two lines together. At $1.90, Bangladesh and India look very different (14.8% against 21.2%); at $3.80 — roughly the upper-middle-income line — India is far worse (71.0% against 65.2%). A country's ranking on poverty depends on where the line is drawn, which is a point the chapter makes repeatedly and which the $3.00 revision of 2025 makes urgent.

📖 Beyond the slides

The deck's Table 5.5 is the textbook's 2011-PPP vintage and stops at surveys from 2011–2017. The instructor's newer slides (Figure 5.14, slide 60) use the 2017-PPP $2.15 line, and the June 2025 World Bank update moves to $3.00 at 2021 PPP. Three vintages, three sets of counts: this is not carelessness in the deck, it is the normal state of global poverty statistics. Cite the line and the vintage with every number.

8

5.4  Economic Characteristics of High-Poverty Groups

slides 63–65 · Tables 5.7–5.8

Poverty is not randomly distributed. The chapter identifies three groups with systematically higher incidence, and the tables make the gaps concrete.

Rural poverty

The rural poverty rate exceeds the urban rate in every country in Table 5.7, often by a factor of two or more. Zambia 2004: 72.0% rural against 53.0% urban. Vietnam 2002: 35.6% against 6.6% — a fivefold difference. The national rate always sits between the two because it is a population-weighted average, which is why a country can look much poorer or much richer than its countryside depending on how urbanised it is.

Country (survey year)Rural (%)Urban (%)National (%)
Benin (2003)46.029.039.0
Zambia (2004)72.053.068.0
India (2000)30.224.728.6
Vietnam (2002)35.66.628.9
Bolivia (2007)63.923.737.7
Guatemala (2006)72.028.051.0
Peru (2004)72.540.351.6

Women and poverty

The deck lists women as a high-poverty group without giving a table, and the reason is methodological as much as substantive: household surveys typically measure income at the household level, so they cannot see intra-household inequality. Where separate data exist, female-headed households and women in male-headed households are over-represented among the poor, and the chapter connects this to the household theory in Chapter 6 — women's time, education and employment opportunities are the variables that move both poverty and fertility.

Ethnic minorities and indigenous populations

Table 5.8 is the sharpest evidence in the chapter. In every Latin American country listed, indigenous poverty in the early 1990s was far above non-indigenous poverty: Bolivia 64.3% against 48.1%, Guatemala 86.6% against 53.9%, Mexico 80.6% against 17.9%, Peru 79.0% against 49.7%. And the change columns show that over the following decade indigenous poverty barely moved — 0 in Bolivia, 0 in Mexico, 0 in Peru, −15 in Guatemala — while non-indigenous poverty fell by 8, 5 and 25 points in three of the four countries, and rose 3 points in Peru.

9

5.5  Policy Options on Income Inequality and Poverty

slides 66–69 · plus the China slides 4–12

The deck divides policy into four areas of intervention and four instruments. The areas say what part of the distribution you are trying to change; the instruments say how.

The four areas
1. Alter the functional distribution — change factor prices so labour earns more relative to capital. 2. Mitigate the size distribution — soften the effect of market outcomes on household income. 3. Moderate the size distribution at the upper levels — tax or regulate the top. 4. Moderate the size distribution at the lower levels — raise the floor through transfers and public provision.
The four instruments
1. Changing relative factor prices (for example, removing capital subsidies). 2. Progressive redistribution of asset ownership — land reform, access to credit. 3. Progressive taxation 累进税 — the burden rises with income. 4. Transfer payments and public provision of goods and services — the bottom-level instrument.

Two warnings from the chapter are worth carrying into an exam answer. First, a policy can move the functional distribution and the size distribution in opposite directions — a capital subsidy raises output and may raise the top's income while doing nothing for the poor. Second, the instruments are not interchangeable: a progressive income tax does little in a country where most people are outside the tax net, and land reform does little in a country where land is already fragmented. The binding constraint differs by country, which is the growth-diagnostics lesson of Chapter 4 applied to poverty.

China's war on poverty — the deck's worked case

The instructor devotes eight slides to China, and they are best read as a single case study in how a poverty line, a target and a delivery system fit together.

Case The Chinese poverty line, 1986–2020
A national rural poverty line, raised repeatedly as the economy grew.
  • 1986: the first national standard — 206 yuan per capita per year of net rural income.
  • 2000: 625 yuan; raised to 865 yuan in 2001 and 1,274 yuan in 2010.
  • 2015: 2,855 yuan, which the slide equates to $2.20 a day at PPP.
  • 2018 onward: the standard is fixed at 2,300 yuan per person per year in 2010 constant prices; current-price figures are discontinued.
  • 2020: absolute poverty eliminated under the current standard; the focus shifts to monitoring relative poverty and preventing relapse.
The line is not a fixed number of dollars. It is a national standard that rises with development and is then re-based to constant prices. That is why the table below shows the current-price line jumping to 2,300 at 2010 prices for 2018–2020: the series changed definition, not just level.
YearPoverty line (yuan/year, current prices) Poverty rate (%)Poor population (10,000)
197836697.577,039
198548278.366,101
199080773.565,849
20001,52849.846,224
20051,74230.228,662
20102,30017.216,567
20152,8555.75,575
20182,300 (2010 prices)1.71,660
20192,300 (2010 prices)0.6551
20202,300 (2010 prices)0.00

The delivery system is the other half of the story. On 25 February 2021 China announced a comprehensive victory: over the previous eight years nearly 100 million people had been lifted out of poverty and all 832 poverty-stricken counties had been lifted out. The deck's own note defines the village-level test — a village is lifted out when its poverty incidence falls below 3% — which is a useful reminder that "elimination" is defined against a standard, not against zero income.

⚠️ Trap

"Absolute poverty eliminated" does not mean "no poor people". The standard is a national rural line, and the slide immediately adds two caveats: in 2018 the World Bank put China fourth in the world in the number of poor people, behind India, Nigeria and the Democratic Republic of the Congo; and in 2020 it noted that about 373 million Chinese still lived below the upper-middle-income poverty line of $5.50 a day. Both statements are consistent with the 2020 announcement — they use different lines.

💬 Think

Set the Chinese case beside the three growth typologies. Which one does it look like? The rural line was raised repeatedly (traditional-sector enrichment), the coastal modern sector grew fast (modern-sector enrichment), and hundreds of millions moved from farm to city (modern-sector enlargement). The chapter's framework says the distributional outcome depends on the mix, and China's Gini series — up from below 0.2 to 0.49, then down slightly — is what that mix looks like when all three happen at once.

10

The Instructor's Exercise

slides 70–72 · the last pages of the deck

The closing exercise is a Lorenz-curve question with the answer published on the following two slides. It is the single most likely long question on this chapter.

Exercise Two income distributions, 1990 and 2000
Consider the following income distributions (the deck gives the two cumulative distributions in its table). (a) Plot the Lorenz curves for 1990 and 2000, labelling the graph clearly. (b) Calculate the Gini coefficient for both years, given that the area between the Lorenz curve and the outside of the box is 0.33 for 1990 and 0.27 for 2000. (c) What do you conclude about changes in income inequality from 1990 to 2000?

(a) The curves cross. That is the critical feature, and it is what the question is really testing. A crossing is the signature of modern-sector enlargement: the poorest group's share falls while the richest group's share also falls, because a growing middle has taken income from both ends.

(b) The Gini coefficients. The Gini is the area between the Lorenz curve and the diagonal (call it A) divided by the total area of the triangle (0.5). The question gives the area between the curve and the outside of the box — the area below the curve, which is 0.33 and 0.27 — so the gap A is 0.5 minus that:

  • 1990: A = 0.5 − 0.33 = 0.17, so Gini = 0.17 / 0.5 = 0.34.
  • 2000: A = 0.5 − 0.27 = 0.23, so Gini = 0.23 / 0.5 = 0.46.

(c) Conclusion. Inequality more unequal in 2000. The Gini rose from 0.34 to 0.46. The crossing of the curves means the answer is not unambiguous for every part of the distribution — the middle may have done better than both ends — but on the Gini criterion, and on the evidence that the area below the curve fell, the distribution became more unequal.

⚠️ Trap

The 0.33 and 0.27 in the question are areas below the Lorenz curve, not the Gini coefficient and not the area between the curve and the diagonal. If you plug them into "Gini = area between / total" you will get 0.66 and 0.54 — the wrong answer, and one that says inequality fell. Convert first: A = 0.5 − area below.

11

Formula Sheet

print-friendly
Kuznets ratio
top 20% share / bottom 40% share
Table 5.1: 51 / 14 = 3.64. Larger means more unequal. Check the direction — some texts invert it.
Lorenz curve, from deciles
point k = (10k%, cumulative share of the first k deciles)
Starts at (0, 0), ends at (100, 100). The curve is the locus of these points; in an exam, plot the cumulative column, not the individual shares.
Gini coefficient
Gini = A / (A + B) = (0.5 − area under Lorenz) / 0.5
A is the area between the curve and the diagonal; A + B = 0.5 is the whole triangle. Range 0 to 1.
Gini by trapezoids
area under curve = Σ ½(Fi + Fi−1) × Δp
With quintiles, Δp = 0.2 for each step. Table 5.1 gives 0.29, hence Gini = 0.42.
Headcount index
P0 = H / N
Fraction of the population below the line. Insensitive to depth.
Total poverty gap
TPG = Σi=1H (Yp − Yi)
The transfer needed to lift every poor person to the line, before administrative costs.
Average and normalised gap
APG = TPG / N  ·  NPG = APG / Yp
Divide by the whole population. NPG is unitless and between 0 and 1.
Average and normalised shortfall
AIS = TPG / H  ·  NIS = AIS / Yp
Divide by the number of poor. This is the average depth of poverty among the poor.
FGT index
Pα = (1/N) Σ [(Yp − Yi)/Yp]α
α = 0 headcount; α = 1 normalised gap; α = 2 squared gap (severity).
P1 and P2
P1 = (H/N) × NIS  ·  P2 = (H/N)[NIS² + (1−NIS)²CVp²]
The eight-person example: TPG = 1.2, NIS = 0.3, P2 = 0.05.
Multidimensional Poverty Index
MPI = HM × A
Headcount of the multidimensionally poor times average intensity of deprivation. Bangladesh 2019: 0.383 × 0.394 = 0.151.
MPI weights
Health 1/3 (2 × 1/6) · Education 1/3 (2 × 1/6) · Living standard 1/3 (6 × 1/18)
Dual cutoff: a deprivation line within each dimension, then a cutoff in the number of dimensions needed to count as poor.
Social welfare
W = W(Y, I, P)
Income enters positively; inequality and absolute poverty negatively. A compact way to say that growth alone is not welfare.
International poverty lines
$1.00 (1985 PPP) → $1.08 (1993) → $1.25 (2005) → $1.90 (2011) → $2.15 (2017) → $3.00 (2021)
Each revision reflects new price data, not a change in the real standard. Never mix counts computed on different vintages.
12

Key Concepts

28 terms · the instructor's Chinese glosses marked
Absolute poverty 绝对贫困
A situation in which an individual or household cannot afford a minimum standard of living, defined against a fixed poverty line rather than against the incomes of others.
Relative poverty
Poverty defined against the distribution — for example, income below a fixed fraction of the median. It can rise even when absolute incomes are rising.
Poverty line 贫困线
The income level below which a person is counted as poor. The international line is set in PPP dollars; national lines are set from local food and non-food baskets.
Extreme poverty line
The World Bank's international line: $1.00 a day in 1985 PPPs, reset repeatedly, most recently to $3.00 a day in 2021 PPPs in June 2025.
Size distribution 规模分配
The distribution of income across individuals or households, ranked from poorest to richest. The distribution the Lorenz curve and the Gini coefficient describe.
Functional distribution 功能分配
The distribution of income across factors of production — labour's share in wages and capital's share in profits — rather than across people.
Quintile, decile, quantile
A fifth, a tenth, or a quarter of the population when ranked by income. 五分之一 · 十分之一
Kuznets ratio
The share of income received by the top 20% divided by the share received by the bottom 40%. Table 5.1 gives 51/14 = 3.64.
Lorenz curve 洛伦兹曲线
A curve plotting the cumulative percentage of income against the cumulative percentage of income recipients, from poorest to richest. The 45° line is perfect equality.
Gini coefficient 基尼系数
The area between the Lorenz curve and the diagonal, divided by the area of the whole triangle below the diagonal. From 0 (equality) to 1 (all income to one person).
Headcount index 人头指数
The fraction of the population below the poverty line, H/N. Simple, but blind to how far below the line the poor are.
Total poverty gap
The sum of the shortfalls between the poverty line and the incomes of all poor people. The amount of income needed, before administrative costs, to eliminate absolute poverty.
Average poverty gap
TPG divided by the total population, N. The complementary normalised poverty gap divides this by the poverty line.
Average income shortfall
TPG divided by the number of poor people, H. The average distance of a poor person's income below the line. The normalised version divides by the line.
Foster–Greer–Thorbecke index
A class of poverty measures parameterised by α, which includes the headcount (α = 0), the normalised gap (α = 1) and the squared gap (α = 2).
Squared poverty gap, P2
A poverty measure that weights the deepest shortfalls most heavily. It rises with the headcount, the depth of poverty, and inequality among the poor.
Multidimensional Poverty Index
A measure counting deprivations in health, education and living standards, with equal weight on the three dimensions. The adjusted headcount is H times average intensity A.
Dual cutoff
The two-step identification in the MPI: first a cutoff within each dimension, then a cutoff in the number of dimensions in which a person must be deprived to be counted as poor.
Traditional-sector enrichment
A growth pattern in which incomes in the traditional (agricultural) sector rise while the modern sector barely grows. It improves the relative distribution and reduces poverty.
Modern-sector enrichment
Growth confined to a fixed number of people in the modern sector, with traditional wages and employment constant. It worsens the relative distribution.
Modern-sector enlargement
The Lewis pattern: the modern sector expands in size at constant wages in both sectors. Absolute incomes rise and poverty falls, but the Lorenz curves cross, so relative inequality is ambiguous.
Kuznets inverted-U hypothesis 库兹涅茨倒U
The hypothesis that inequality rises in the early stages of growth and falls later, tracing an inverted U against income per capita. A tendency supported by some countries and contradicted by others.
Progressive tax 累进税
A tax whose average rate rises with income. One of the chapter's four policy instruments.
Transfer payments
Payments to individuals or households with no good or service received in return, used to raise the floor of the income distribution.
Public provision
Government supply of goods and services — health, education, water — at below-market or zero price. It changes the size distribution in kind rather than in cash.
Asset redistribution
Policies, especially land reform, that change the ownership of productive assets rather than the flow of income. The chapter treats this as the deepest of the four instruments.
Relative factor prices
The price of labour relative to capital. Changing them — by removing a capital subsidy, for example — shifts the functional distribution and, through ownership, the size distribution.
Social welfare function
W = W(Y, I, P): welfare rises with income per head and falls with inequality and absolute poverty.
13

Self-Check

22 questions · graded
0 / 0 correct

The two calculation questions reproduce the deck's own numbers exactly. Work them before revealing.

A · Measuring inequality and poverty

Sections 5.1 and 5.2, plus the Lorenz-curve model.
Q1Table 5.1 gives the top quintile a 51% share and the bottom two quintiles 5% and 9%. What is the Kuznets ratio?
Correct.Top 20% over bottom 40%: 51 divided by (5 + 9) = 3.64. The ratio is a share ratio, not an income ratio between two individuals.
Not quite.The Kuznets ratio is the top quintile's share divided by the bottom two quintiles' combined share: 51 / 14 = 3.64.
Q2A Lorenz curve plots…
Correct.Both axes are cumulative percentages. The 45° line is perfect equality; the further the curve sags below it, the more unequal the distribution.
Not quite.The axes are the cumulative percentage of income recipients (poorest first) and the cumulative percentage of income they receive.
Q3Two Lorenz curves cross. What can be said about relative inequality?
Correct.Figure 5.4's B and C cross. Prioritising the poorest favours B; prioritising the middle class favours C. The Gini may rank them one way while a poverty-focused criterion ranks them the other.
Not quite.Crossing curves cannot be ranked without a criterion. The slides' answer is "it depends": B if you care most about the poorest, C if you care about the middle.
Q4A Gini coefficient of 0 means…
Correct.A Gini of 0 is a perfectly equal distribution: the Lorenz curve coincides with the diagonal. Note that equality says nothing about the level of income — a country of equally poor people has a Gini of 0.
Not quite.The Gini measures relative inequality only. Zero means every person has the same income; it does not mean they have enough.
Q5Using the quintile shares in Table 5.1, compute the Gini coefficient. Show the area calculation.

Cumulative shares at 20% steps: 0.05, 0.14, 0.27, 0.49, 1.00.

The area under the curve is the sum of the trapezoids:

(0 + 0.05)/2 × 0.2 + (0.05 + 0.14)/2 × 0.2 + (0.14 + 0.27)/2 × 0.2 + (0.27 + 0.49)/2 × 0.2 + (0.49 + 1.00)/2 × 0.2 = 0.29.

The triangle below the diagonal is 0.5, so A = 0.5 − 0.29 = 0.21 and Gini = 0.21 / 0.5 = 0.42.

Q6What is the main defect of the headcount index as a poverty measure?
Correct.A person at $0.50 and a person at $1.85 count identically under a $1.90 line. That is what the poverty gap and the FGT family are designed to fix. It also creates an incentive to target the near-poor.
Not quite.The headcount is scale-free (it is a fraction), but it is blind to depth: it treats everyone below the line equally.
Q7The total poverty gap is…
Correct.It measures the amount of income that would have to be transferred to bring everyone up to the line, ignoring administrative costs and behavioural responses.
Not quite.The TPG adds up shortfalls, not people: each poor person contributes (Y_p − Y_i).
Q8What is the difference between the average poverty gap (APG) and the average income shortfall (AIS)?
Correct.APG is the gap per head of the whole economy; AIS is the gap per poor person. In the eight-person example APG = 0.15 and AIS = 0.30 — the second is twice the first because half the population is poor.
Not quite.The denominators are the whole population for APG and the poor population for AIS. The normalised versions then divide each by the poverty line.
Q9An eight-person economy has a poverty line of 1 and incomes (0.6, 0.6, 0.8, 0.8, 2, 2, 6, 6). Compute P2.

Four people are poor. Their normalised gaps are (1 − 0.6)/1 = 0.4 twice and (1 − 0.8)/1 = 0.2 twice.

P2 = (1/8)(0.4² + 0.4² + 0.2² + 0.2²) = (1/8)(0.16 + 0.16 + 0.04 + 0.04) = 0.4/8 = 0.05.

Check with the other form: H/N = 0.5, NIS = 0.3, so P1 = 0.15 and the squared gap weights the deeper shortfalls more heavily, which is why P2 is below P1.

Q10In the FGT index, setting α = 2 gives a measure that…
Correct.Squaring the normalised gap makes a person at half the line contribute five times as much as a person at 90% of the line. P2 is the standard severity measure.
Not quite.α = 0 is the headcount, α = 1 is the normalised gap, α = 2 is the squared gap — the distribution-sensitive one.
Q11The adjusted headcount ratio of the MPI is computed as…
Correct.M0 = HM × A. It separates how many people are poor from how intensely they are deprived — the same logic as P1 being the headcount times the normalised shortfall.
Not quite.Multiply, not add: the adjusted headcount is the multidimensional headcount times the average fraction of weighted deprivations.
Q12Bangladesh 2019 has a multidimensional headcount of 0.383 and an intensity of 0.394. Its MPI is about…
Correct.0.383 × 0.394 = 0.1509, which the table rounds to 0.151. A country can have a high headcount and moderate intensity, or the reverse; the product is what the MPI reports.
Not quite.The MPI multiplies: 0.383 × 0.394 = 0.151. Adding them would give 0.777, which is not a valid index.

B · Welfare, growth and the Kuznets curve

Sections 5.2 and the three growth typologies.
Q13In the welfare function W = W(Y, I, P), how do the three arguments enter?
Correct.∂W/∂Y > 0, ∂W/∂I < 0, ∂W/∂P < 0. The signs are the chapter's claim that a mean-preserving spread lowers welfare.
Not quite.Welfare rises with income and falls with both inequality and absolute poverty. That is the formal statement of "growth is not enough".
Q14Under traditional-sector enrichment, what happens to the Lorenz curve?
Correct.Figure 5.7: raising traditional-sector incomes lifts the bottom of the distribution, so the curve rotates up toward the diagonal. Sri Lanka and Kerala are the deck's examples.
Not quite.Growth confined to the traditional sector improves the whole curve (Figure 5.7). Modern-sector enrichment is the one that worsens it.
Q15Why do the Lorenz curves cross under modern-sector enlargement?
Correct.The traditional poor's absolute income is unchanged but is now a smaller fraction of a larger total, so the new curve is below at the bottom. The modern worker's absolute income is unchanged but the top group's share is smaller, so the new curve is above at the top.
Not quite.Both absolute wages are constant; it is the shares that move in opposite directions at the two ends of the distribution.
Q16The Kuznets inverted-U hypothesis predicts that…
Correct.An inverted U against income per capita: widening as the modern sector first pulls ahead, narrowing once it absorbs enough of the population.
Not quite.Rise then fall — an inverted U. The deck's own Figures 5.11 and 5.12 show it is a tendency, not a law.
Q17Which of the deck's data most directly contradicts a universal Kuznets curve?
Correct.Figure 5.12: countries tracing the opposite shape show the hypothesis is a historical tendency, not a causal law. Figure 5.11 adds that Latin American observations sit far above the fitted curve at every income.
Not quite.The direct counterexample is the shape: Hong Kong and Singapore trace a U while Brazil traces an inverted U.

C · Extent, who, policy and China

Sections 5.3–5.5.
Q18What is the current international extreme-poverty line after the June 2025 update?
Correct.$3.00 at 2021 prices, replacing $2.15 at 2017 prices. Slide 2 mislabels the base year as 2017; slide 60 has it right.
Not quite.The June 2025 line is $3.00 a day at 2021 PPPs, updated from $2.15 at 2017 PPPs. Slide 2's "2017 PPPs" is a typo.
Q19Which statement about who the poor are is best supported by the deck's tables?
Correct.Table 5.7 shows a rural gap in every country (Vietnam 35.6 vs 6.6); Table 5.8 shows indigenous poverty at 80.6% against 17.9% in Mexico. The deck also lists women as a high-poverty group.
Not quite.The gap is systematic: rural rates exceed urban rates everywhere in Table 5.7, and indigenous rates dwarf non-indigenous rates in Table 5.8.
Q20Which policy instrument is aimed most directly at raising the lower end of the size distribution?
Correct.Transfers and public provision raise the floor directly. Progressive taxation moderates the top; factor prices work through the functional distribution.
Not quite.The bottom-level instrument is transfers and public provision. Progressive taxation is the upper-level one.
Q21What did China announce in 2020–2021 about poverty?
Correct.The deck's precise phrase: absolute poverty eliminated under the current standard. About 373 million people still lived below $5.50 a day in 2020, and the World Bank's 2018 note ranked China fourth in the number of poor.
Not quite.The claim is specifically about absolute poverty under the national standard — not about all poverty, and not about the $5.50 upper-middle-income line.
Q22In the instructor's exercise the area below the Lorenz curve is 0.33 in 1990 and 0.27 in 2000. What are the Gini coefficients and the conclusion?
Correct.Gini = (0.5 − area below)/0.5. For 1990: (0.5 − 0.33)/0.5 = 0.34. For 2000: (0.5 − 0.27)/0.5 = 0.46. The curves cross, which is the modern-sector-enlargement signature, but the Gini still says inequality rose.
Not quite.The given areas are below the curve, not the Gini and not the area between the curve and the diagonal. Convert: A = 0.5 − area below, then divide by 0.5.
Chapter 6

Population Growth and Economic Development: Causes, Consequences, and Controversies

Todaro & Smith, Economic Development, Ch. 6 Source: Chapter6.pdf — 55 slides One interactive model · instructor's exercise · two assigned papers

Population is the chapter where development economics most often stops arguing about facts and starts arguing about values. The facts are stark enough: world population passed eight billion in 2022, almost all future growth will happen in low-income countries, and the countries with the highest fertility are also the ones with the least room to absorb more people. But the interpretation of those facts is contested, and the chapter is honest about it: one school says population growth is a manufactured panic, another says it is the single greatest obstacle to development, and the chapter's own conclusion is that both are partly right.

The analytical core is two models. The Malthusian population trap is the old macro argument: rising population meets diminishing returns, and the economy settles at a low-level equilibrium. The microeconomic household theory of fertility is the modern reply: families choose the number of children they want, and those choices respond to incomes, prices, and women's opportunities. The first model says population is a constraint; the second says it is a decision. The exam will ask you to use both, and to know why the second has more empirical support.

1

Concept Map

how the chapter builds
The basic issue Can developing countries raise living standards while their populations grow? Six questions, one concern: the quality of life behind the headcount.
first, the history and the structure
6.2 Past and present Population grew slowly for most of history — wars, disease, food. The modern rise is a fall in death rates, not a rise in birth rates.
Structure 人口结构 Region, fertility, mortality, age. The dependency burden and the population pyramid are the variables that turn a growth rate into a development problem.
the transition is the frame for everything else
6.3 Demographic transition 人口过渡 Stage I high births and deaths; Stage II high births, falling deaths; Stage III falling births and deaths. Developing countries compressed the stages and peaked higher.
Hidden momentum 隐性惯性 Even if fertility falls to replacement today, the age structure keeps the population growing for decades. The demographic dividend is the other side of that structure.
then two models of why fertility is high
6.4 Malthusian trap 马尔萨斯陷阱 Population growth meets diminishing returns; the economy rests at a low-level equilibrium S, and only a push past T escapes it.
Household theory 家庭生育理论 Children are a consumption good and an investment good. Fertility responds to income, the net price of children, and tastes — which is why female education and employment matter so much.
and finally the argument about consequences
6.5 Consequences "Not a real problem" versus "a real problem". The consensus: population is not the primary cause of poverty, but it is one factor, and it is more a consequence than a cause.
6.6 Policy Education, family planning, incentives, women's status — and the explicit rejection of coercion. Developed countries have responsibilities too.
2

6.1  The Basic Issue: Population Growth and Quality of Life

slides 2–4 · Todaro 13e §6.1, pp. 293–295

The chapter opens with six questions, split across two slides. They are worth listing because the rest of the deck answers them unevenly, and an exam question often picks one.

The six issues
1. Can developing countries improve living standards given anticipated population growth? 2. How will they deal with the vast increases in their labour forces? 3. How will higher population growth affect poverty? 4. Can they extend and improve health care and education as populations grow? 5. Is there a relationship between poverty and family size? 6. How does affluence 富裕 in the developed world affect the ability of developing countries to provide for their people?
The common thread
Every question is about quality of life per person, not about the number of people. A growing population is a problem when it outruns the resources that make each life decent — schools, clinics, jobs, food, water — and not otherwise.

The ethical question the chapter sets aside

The slide poses a question it explicitly refuses to answer: if large populations cause relative underdevelopment, is a small population living in luxury better off than a large population living under moderate circumstances? The instructor's answer is that this course cannot answer it — it is a value judgement, not an economic result. What the course does instead is adopt a macro convention: focus on GDP per capita as the measure of human welfare.

⚠️ Trap

Do not treat "GDP per capita" as a settled measure of welfare. Chapter 1 spent a whole section on why it is not — Sen's capability approach, the HDI, and the distinction between opulence and well-being. The convention is adopted for the purposes of this chapter's models, because the models need a scalar to maximise. In an essay answer, say that explicitly: the chapter uses GDP per capita as a working measure, not as a definition of development.

💬 Think

The ethical question is not idle. It is the same question that separates the "population is not a real problem" school from the "population is a real problem" school in section 6.5. If you believe that a large population living modestly is at least as good as a small population living lavishly, then slowing population growth is not obviously a welfare improvement. The chapter's consensus — voluntary fertility reduction is generally desirable — is a qualified answer, not an axiom.

3

6.2  Population Growth: Past, Present, and Future

slides 5–13 · the long run and the epidemics

For almost all of human history, population grew very slowly. The deck gives three reasons: productivity, technology and food supply limited how many people a given land area could support; wars killed; and disease killed. The modern population explosion is not a rise in births. It is a fall in deaths — first from better food and public health, then from medicine — while birth rates stayed high for decades.

The epidemics that shaped the record

The instructor spends several slides on epidemics, and they are not decoration: each one is a natural experiment in how a mortality shock moves population, and each is a reminder that the Malthusian mechanism works through death rates as well as birth rates.

OutbreakThe deck's numbersWhy it is on the slide
Spanish flu, 1918–1919 20–40 million dead worldwide; more than World War I; the most devastating epidemic in recorded history Shows that a single-year mortality shock can exceed a four-year war — and that the Black Death (1347–1351) was not the worst on record
SARS, 2003 8,400 infected worldwide; more than 900 dead; China at the centre An emerging-economy epidemic with a high case-fatality rate but limited spread
Bird flu, 2004 First case 1878 in Italy; the serious Hong Kong outbreak in 1997 (H5N1) infected 18 and killed 6, with millions of chickens culled; the 2004 wave hit many Asian countries The animal-to-human pathway, and the economic cost of culling even when human cases are few
H1N1, 2009 US: about 60.8 million infections (43.3–89.3m), 274,000 hospitalisations, 12,469 deaths; China: more than 127,000 confirmed cases by 31 March 2010 A pandemic with low mortality and enormous measured incidence — the opposite profile to SARS
COVID-19 WHO declared a pandemic on 11 March 2020; as of 7 November 2023, 771,678,854 confirmed cases and 6,977,010 deaths reported to WHO The largest mortality event of the modern era, and the one whose economic shock the chapter connects to the poverty count

The COVID case-fatality ratio implied by the WHO totals is 6,977,010 / 771,678,854 = 0.90%. That is a case fatality rate, not an infection fatality rate: it divides deaths by confirmed cases, and both the numerator and the denominator are measured with error. The deck uses the totals as an order of magnitude, and so should you.

The structure of the world's population

The deck lists the dimensions that matter: geographic region; fertility and mortality trends; the rate of population increase; birth rates, death rates and total fertility rates; and age structure, including the dependency burden — the proportion of the population aged 0–15 and 65+ relative to the working-age population. Each of these is a different way of asking the same question: how many dependents does each worker support?

Between 2017 and 2050 the regional shares shift substantially. Asia's share of world population falls from 59.7% to 54.2%, Europe's from 9.9% (EU-28 6.8% plus rest of Europe 3.1%) to 7.3%, while Africa's rises from 16.6% to 25.5% — an increase of 8.9 percentage points in a single generation. That is the demographic fact behind the chapter's claim that population growth is increasingly concentrated in Africa, and it is why the continent's poverty numbers in Chapter 5 matter so much for the global total.

4

6.2  Fertility, Age Structure, and the Chinese Case

slides 14–25 · Table 6.3 · Figures 6.4

The total fertility rate

The total fertility rate (TFR) is the number of children a woman would have if she experienced the age-specific birth rates of a given year throughout her childbearing years. The replacement level is about 2.1 — slightly above two because some children die before reproducing. The deck's Table 6.3 shows a collapse across almost every developing region:

Country197020092024
Bangladesh7.02.32.1
Colombia5.32.51.6
Indonesia5.52.42.1
Jamaica5.32.41.4
Mexico4.92.31.9
Thailand5.51.81.2
Zimbabwe7.73.93.7

Most of these countries went from five to seven children per woman in 1970 to near or below replacement by 2024. Thailand (1.2), Jamaica (1.4) and Colombia (1.6) are now well below replacement — a rapid demographic transition; only Zimbabwe (3.7) remains high-fertility. The slide's word for it is 暴跌, plummet.

China's fertility and family-planning policy

China is the deck's extended case, and the sequence is the examinable part:

PeriodPolicy and outcome
1970sPopulation neared 1 billion; fears of food, resource and labour shortages. The government promoted later marriage and fewer children.
1980One-child policy; written into the Constitution in 1982.
late 1980sTFR about 2.6 children per woman.
after 1994TFR falls to 1.6–1.7.
2013 / 2016Two-child policy: piloted in 2013, universal from 2016.
2020TFR about 1.3.
May 2021Three-child policy.
2022Annual births fall below 10 million; population begins to shrink.
2023–2024TFR about 1.0; the 2024 rebound to 9.54 million births (Dragon year) has not reversed the decline.

The slide adds three details that make the policy story more than a timeline. Shanghai's TFR was just 0.7 in 2022. Of the 2023 births, 66.2% were first children, 29.1% second and only 4.2% third — so the relaxation of the policy has not produced the intended third-child boom. And the policy easings produced only temporary upticks.

Life expectancy

China's life expectancy rose from 35 years in 1949 to about 79 years in 2024, a gain of 44 years. The US figure is roughly 77.5–78, so China has nearly closed the gap despite a much lower per-capita income. Catch-up was fastest in the reform era: public health, immunisation and rising incomes extended life expectancy by roughly 30 years after 1980.

📖 Beyond the slides

The life-expectancy catch-up is the deck's clearest example of the point Chapter 6 makes about mortality: the fall in death rates is not automatic, it is produced by public health. China's gain came from immunisation, sanitation, and — as the assigned Gruber–Lin–Yi paper shows for the 2003–2008 period — a massive expansion of rural health insurance. The next section returns to that paper.

Age structure and the population pyramid

Figure 6.4 compares low-, middle- and high-income countries in 1965 and 2016. The shape is the message:

  • Low-income countries have a pyramid with a wide base: many children, few elderly. The dependency burden is concentrated among the young.
  • Middle-income countries had young populations in 1965 similar to low-income countries today, and by 2016 had bulged in the working ages — the demographic dividend.
  • High-income countries have a column-like shape, with a large elderly population and a narrow base. Their dependency burden is concentrated among the old.

China's ageing is the deck's worked example. By end-2024 it had 310 million people aged 60+ (22.0% of the population) and about 220 million aged 65+ (15.6%). By around 2035 the 60+ group will surpass 400 million (over 30%), entering "aged" society; by mid-century it may approach 500 million (nearly 40%). India has now surpassed China as the world's most populous country, and growth is increasingly concentrated in Africa.

⚠️ Trap

"Population growth is falling" and "population is falling" are different statements. China's growth rate turned negative in 2022, but its population is still enormous and its age structure is now the binding constraint: the problem is not too many children but too few workers per retiree. A country can have a falling fertility rate and a rising elderly dependency ratio for decades.

5

The Hidden Momentum of Population Growth and the Demographic Dividend

slide 23

The single most misunderstood fact in the chapter: a fall in fertility does not stop population growth immediately. This is the hidden momentum 人口增长的隐性惯性 of population growth.

Hidden momentum 隐性惯性
High birth rates cannot be altered overnight, because the age structure has already built a large cohort of young people who will reach childbearing age. Even if every woman had exactly two children from today, the number of births would keep rising for years as that cohort enters its reproductive years. Population growth is built into the pyramid.
Demographic dividend 人口红利
A growth boost during the demographic transition when the working-age population far exceeds dependents — children and the elderly. With most workers in their prime productive years 劳动黄金年限, saving, investment and labour supply all rise, fuelling faster growth.

The two are the same age structure seen from opposite sides. A country that has just passed through the fertility transition has a bulge in the working ages: few children, few elderly, many workers. That is the dividend. A country that is still in the early transition has a bulge in the young ages: many children who will become workers, but only after a lag. That is the momentum. The policy implication is uncomfortable but unavoidable — the demographic dividend is a window, not a permanent gift, and it closes as the bulge ages into the elderly dependency of the high-income pyramid.

6

6.3  The Demographic Transition

slides 26–29 · Figures 6.5–6.6

The demographic transition is the historical pattern by which a population moves from high birth and death rates to low ones. The deck gives three stages:

StageBirth rateDeath ratePopulation growth
Stage IHighHighSlow, fluctuating — the pre-modern pattern
Stage IIStill highFallingFast — the gap between the two curves is widest
Stage IIIFallingFalling, then stabilisingSlowing toward zero

Western Europe's transition (Figure 6.5) was slow and spread over more than a century: birth rates stayed near 35 per thousand until the late nineteenth century, while death rates fell gradually from about 28. The gap was never enormous, so population growth was moderate.

Developing countries (Figure 6.6) compressed the same sequence. Their death rates fell much faster after 1950 because they imported modern medicine and public health rather than having to invent it, while birth rates stayed high. The result was a Stage II population growth rate in excess of 2–2.5% per year in most developing countries — higher than Europe ever experienced.

In Stage III the developing countries split into two cases:

  • Case A — South Korea, Costa Rica, China, Cuba, Chile and Sri Lanka: birth rates fell sharply, and the transition is completing.
  • Case B — sub-Saharan Africa and the Middle East, where poor living standards and AIDS kept death rates higher and delayed the fertility decline. In these regions Stage III has not yet arrived.
💬 Think

Why did the same medical technology produce such different transitions? Because the technology affects the death rate directly and the birth rate only indirectly. Falling infant mortality eventually lowers fertility — parents need fewer births to reach their desired number of surviving children — but the lag can be decades, and it depends on education, women's status and the availability of family planning. Case A countries had those complements; Case B countries largely did not.

7

6.4  The Malthusian Population Trap

slides 30–34 · Figures 6.7–6.8 · Todaro 13e §6.4, pp. 304–310

The Malthusian model is older than development economics and still structures the argument. Its claim: rising population combined with diminishing returns to fixed factors — above all land — drives living standards down to a subsistence level. The deck's phrase is a population trap 马尔萨斯陷阱: a low-level equilibrium that the economy cannot escape on its own.

The diagram

Figure 6.7 needs to be read in a specific order, because the axes are unusual.

  • Horizontal axis: income per capita, Y/P. This is the state variable.
  • Vertical axis: two growth rates — the population growth rate ΔP/P and the total income growth rate ΔY/Y.
  • Per-capita income growth is the vertical difference between the two curves, because Δ(Y/P)/(Y/P) ≈ ΔY/Y − ΔP/P. This is the same arithmetic as the Harrod-Domar model in Chapter 3.
  • Where the income curve is above the population curve, income per capita is rising, so we move right along the horizontal axis. Where it is below, income per capita is falling, so we move left.
  • Where the two curves cross, income per capita is unchanging: that is an equilibrium.

The shapes carry the theory. Population growth is low or negative at very low incomes — poor nutrition, disease and starvation — then rises as income improves, peaks, and falls again as the demographic transition completes. Total income growth rises with income because saving rises with income, and then plateaus.

The curves cross twice:

  • S is a stable equilibrium. To the left of S the income curve is above the population curve, so income per capita rises back toward S. To the right of S — but below T — population grows faster than income, so income per capita falls back toward S. The arrows on the figure point inward. This is the low-level trap, and the deck says it describes most of human history before the modern era.
  • T is an unstable threshold. Between S and T the economy is moving right; past T the income curve is above the population curve again, so income per capita keeps rising and the economy escapes. T is the point you must get past, not a place you can rest.
⚠️ Trap

Students routinely mark both intersections as stable, or mark S as unstable because it is the bad equilibrium. Stability is about the direction of the arrows, not about desirability. S is stable and bad; T is unstable and good to be past. The same logic as the S-curve in Chapter 4: the middle intersection is the boundary, not a resting point.

Model 8

The Malthusian population trap

Population growth (orange) and income growth (blue) against income per capita. The intersections are found numerically; the arrow on the axis shows which way income per capita moves at the chosen level. Raise the income-growth ceiling to reproduce Figure 6.8.

Preventive checks, and China as the extreme case

Malthus distinguished preventive checks — actions that lower the birth rate, such as later marriage and birth control — from positive checks, which raise the death rate. In the model, a preventive check shifts the population curve down. If it is strong enough, and if income per capita can be pushed past T, the economy can grow continuously: the deck cites about 2% per year, the approximate US per-capita growth rate from 1870 to 2008, as the self-sustaining outcome.

The instructor's own example is China: "China's one-child policy was, in effect, a drastic preventive check imposed to escape the Malthusian trap." That is a strong claim, and it is worth examining. The policy did lower fertility far faster than income growth alone would have; but the escape from the trap also depended on the technological and investment changes in Figure 6.8. A preventive check alone shifts one curve; it does not guarantee that the economy is past T.

Criticisms of the model

The deck gives four, and they are the exam's likely short-answer question.

1 · It assumes no technological improvement
Malthus held technology and food supply roughly fixed. In fact technological progress shifts the income-growth curve up, and Figure 6.8 shows that this alone can eliminate the trap. The model's central assumption is the one the modern world violated.
2 · It assumes population growth rises with income at low incomes
The empirical relationship is much weaker than the model needs. Fertility rates vary widely across countries with the same per-capita income, especially below $1,000.
3 · It focuses on the wrong variable
Per-capita income is an aggregate. Family-size decisions are made at the household level, on the basis of the household's own living standard and the costs and benefits it faces — not on national income per head.
4 · The evidence does not fit the hump
The model needs population growth to be low at low income, rise, then fall. The cross-country data (Figure 6.10) show a cloud, not a curve: Kenya at 8 children and China at 2 at similar low incomes.
💬 Think

Figure 6.8 is the model's own escape hatch: rapid and continuing technological progress shifts the income-growth curve up until it lies above the population curve everywhere, so per-capita income grows without limit. The slide's conclusion is that all countries have the potential to escape. The criticisms are not that the model is wrong about the mechanics — they are that its assumptions are too strong and its variable is at the wrong level of aggregation.

8

6.4  The Microeconomic Household Theory of Fertility

slides 36–45 · Figure 6.9 · Todaro 13e §6.4, pp. 310–318

The modern reply to Malthus treats children as a choice. The theory says family formation has costs and benefits, and the size of the family is the outcome of a household maximising satisfaction subject to a budget — the same apparatus as the consumer theory in a microeconomics course.

Children as goods

  • As a consumption good: parents derive satisfaction from children directly. Fertility is then a rational response to the household's demand for children relative to other goods, with the usual income and substitution effects.
  • As an investment good: the deck's refinement — the first two or three children are consumer goods, and additional children are investment goods. Parents weigh private economic benefits against private costs. Benefits include work on the family farm or microenterprise and old-age security; costs include the mother's time (the income she forgoes by caring for children) and the cost of education.

The demand is for surviving children, Cd, which matters in low-income societies where infant mortality is high: parents may have more births than they want children because they are insuring against loss.

The demand-for-children equation

Cd = f(Y, Pc, Px, tx) (6.1)
  • Y is household income.
  • Pc is the net price of children — anticipated costs, mostly the opportunity cost of the mother's time, minus benefits, potential child income and old-age support.
  • Px is the price of all other goods.
  • tx is the strength of tastes for goods relative to children.
DerivativeSignInterpretation
∂Cd/∂Y> 0 Higher household income raises the demand for children — children are a normal good.
∂Cd/∂Pc< 0 A higher net price of children lowers the quantity demanded. This is the substitution effect, and it is the lever that female wages pull.
∂Cd/∂Px> 0 If other goods become more expensive relative to children, families substitute toward children.
∂Cd/∂tx< 0 Stronger tastes for goods relative to children mean fewer children demanded.

Reading Figure 6.9

The diagram puts goods consumed by parents, Gp, on the vertical axis and the number of children desired, Cd, on the horizontal. Indifference curves show combinations yielding equal satisfaction; the budget line ab shows affordable combinations. Its slope is the price of children relative to goods — the steeper the line, the more expensive children are.

ChangeWhat movesNew optimumReading
A rise in household income Budget line shifts out from ab to a′b′ h on I4 More of both goods and children — the income effect. This is the part of the model that predicts more children as income rises.
A rise in the relative price of children Budget line rotates around a to ab″ e on a lower indifference curve Fewer children. The substitution effect, which is what female employment and schooling operate on.
Both at once Income and net child price rise together — higher female wages plus a tax on births beyond a threshold g More goods, fewer children. The income effect is outweighed by the price effect.

The third row is the policy-relevant one, and it is why the chapter does not simply say "growth reduces fertility". Growth raises income, which raises the demand for children; but growth also raises women's wages, which raises the price of children; and if the second effect dominates, fertility falls. Which effect dominates is an empirical question, and the answer depends on what else is happening — education, employment, child mortality, old-age security.

The empirical evidence

The deck's findings are consistent across studies:

  • Female education, especially at primary and secondary level, and female employment outside the home are associated with significantly lower fertility.
  • Declines in child mortality are followed by declines in fertility — parents need fewer births to reach their desired number of surviving children.
  • Higher family income, on its own, is associated with higher fertility in the household model, but in practice the price effects dominate in developing countries.
  • Old-age security matters: where children are the pension system, the demand for children is an insurance demand.
  • Expanded schooling opportunities raise the cost of children and delay family formation.
9

6.5  The Consequences of High Fertility: Some Conflicting Perspectives

slides 46–50 · Todaro 13e §6.5, pp. 318–331

This section is an argument, not a model, and the exam may ask you to reproduce both sides. The deck presents them fairly, then states the consensus.

"It's not a real problem"
The real problems are underdevelopment, resource depletion and environmental destruction, population distribution, and the subordination of women — not the number of people. Overpopulation is a deliberately contrived issue 刻意捏造; population growth is desirable 理想的, an essential ingredient to stimulate economic development.
"Population growth is a real problem"
The arguments come in three layers. Extremist: population and global crisis. Theoretical: population-poverty cycles and the need for family planning, often demonstrated with a Solow-type neoclassical growth equation. Empirical: lower growth, more poverty, adverse effects on education and health, food issues, environmental pressure, and frictions over international migration.

The two sides disagree about causality, not about every fact. The "not a real problem" camp does not deny that rapid population growth strains schools and clinics; it argues that the strain is a symptom of underdevelopment and that blaming population lets rich countries and domestic elites off the hook. The "real problem" camp does not deny that development reduces fertility; it argues that the transition takes too long and that the poor bear the cost in the meantime.

Toward a consensus

The deck's own conclusion is a qualified middle position, and it is worth memorising as a list:

  1. Population is not the primary cause of lower living levels, but it may be one factor.
  2. Population growth is more a consequence than a cause of underdevelopment. This is the key reversal: fertility falls when development creates the conditions that lower it — education, health, women's opportunities — rather than development following fertility decline.
  3. It is not numbers but the quality of life that matters.
  4. Market failures matter: there may be negative social externalities from high fertility — the private cost of a child is below the social cost — which justifies public action even in a market economy.
  5. Voluntary decreases in fertility are generally desirable for most developing countries whose populations are still expanding.
💬 Think

Point 2 is the chapter's sharpest claim, and it cuts against both extremes. Against the "real problem" camp, it says that slowing population growth without development will not produce development. Against the "not a problem" camp, it says that the process is not automatic: bad policy can keep fertility high even as incomes rise. Population policy is therefore a complement to development policy, not a substitute for it.

10

6.6  Some Policy Approaches

slides 51–54 · and the two assigned papers

What developing countries can do

InstrumentWhy it works in the model
Persuasion through education Changes tastes (tx) and the perceived cost of children; the least coercive instrument.
Family planning programmes Supplies the technology of fertility control, lowering the price of avoiding a birth. Well-run programmes are an effective tool.
Incentives and disincentives Work through the principal variables in the demand-for-children equation: income, the net price of children, and the price of alternatives.
Raising the socioeconomic status of women Raises the opportunity cost of the mother's time, so the net price Pc rises and fertility falls.
Increasing women's employment opportunities The same mechanism, and the one the empirical literature finds most strongly associated with lower fertility.

The slide is explicit that coercion is not a good option 强迫. That is a normative claim, but it also follows from the model: a fertility decision made under coercion does not change the underlying demand, so it is fragile and imposes large welfare costs.

What developed countries can do

Two roles. Generally: address inequities in resource use — the deck is pointing at per-capita consumption and carbon footprints — and adopt more open migration policies. For population programmes in developing countries: research into the technology of fertility control, and financial assistance for family planning.

📖 Beyond the slides — the two assigned papers

The deck closes with the title pages of two papers, both about the household and the state in developing countries. They are not on the exam syllabus by name, but they are the instructor's own interests and they connect directly to this chapter's arguments.

Gruber, Lin & Yi (2023), "The largest insurance program in history: Saving one million lives per year in China", Journal of Public Economics 226. The New Cooperative Medical Scheme, rolled out across rural China in 2003–2008, insured about 800 million rural Chinese. The authors combine aggregate mortality data with individual survey data and find a significant decline in mortality, saving more than one million lives per year at its peak and explaining 78% of the entire increase in life expectancy in China over the period. This is the mortality-side mechanism of the demographic transition, and it connects to the life-expectancy slide: China's gain from 35 to 79 years was not a market outcome.

Keller & Utar (2022), "Globalization, Gender, and the Family", Review of Economic Studies 89, 3381–3409. Facing the same labour-demand shock from Chinese imports, men and women make different labour-market and family adjustments, producing significant long-run gender inequality. Using Danish population registers and matched employer–employee data, the authors show that women in their late 30s, near the end of their biological clock, respond to displacement by having a baby; high-earning women and women who need to acquire new human capital are most affected, because a new job would require investments incompatible with a newborn in the time remaining. The biological clock turns a gender-neutral trade shock into a gender gap.

11

The Instructor's Exercise

slide 55 · the last page of the deck

The deck's closing exercise is a stability question built on a diagram that is not the standard Malthusian trap. Read the axes carefully before answering.

Exercise Is point A an equilibrium? Is it stable?
The graph plots two growth rates against income per capita. The solid hump-shaped curve is the population growth rate; the dashed curve rising from below is the income growth rate. They cross at point A, on the declining part of the population curve. Is point A an equilibrium? Why? Is it stable?

Yes, A is an equilibrium. At A the population growth rate equals the income growth rate, so the growth rate of income per capita — the difference between the two — is zero. Income per capita is unchanging. That is the definition of an equilibrium in this diagram.

No, it is not stable. The test is what happens to income per capita when the economy is displaced slightly from A.

  • To the left of A: the solid population curve lies above the dashed income curve, so population is growing faster than income and income per capita is falling. A fall in income per capita moves the economy further left, away from A.
  • To the right of A: the dashed income curve lies above the solid population curve, so income is growing faster than population and income per capita is rising. Rising income per capita moves the economy further right, away from A.

In both directions the displacement is self-reinforcing, so A is an unstable equilibrium — the boundary between two basins of attraction, not a resting point.

Contrast with Figure 6.7. In the standard Malthusian trap the curves cross first at S, where the income curve is above the population curve to the left and below it to the right, so S is stable. In this exercise the population curve is above the income curve at low income, so the low crossing is no longer a trap. The diagram is a different case, and the stability answer reverses. Do not answer from memory of Figure 6.7; read the crossing.

⚠️ Trap

The most common wrong answer is "A is stable because it is an intersection". Intersections are equilibria; stability requires the arrows to point toward the intersection. In this exercise they point away. The second wrong answer is to call A unstable because it is on the declining part of the population curve — the shape alone is not the test; the relative position of the two curves is.

12

Formula Sheet

print-friendly
Natural increase
natural increase = birth rate − death rate
Birth rate = births / population; death rate = deaths / population. Add net immigration for total population change.
Per-capita income growth
gY/P ≈ gY − gP
The vertical difference between the two curves in Figure 6.7. Positive means move right; negative means move left.
Total fertility rate
TFR = sum of age-specific birth rates over childbearing ages
Children per woman if current age-specific rates persisted. Replacement is about 2.1.
Dependency burden
(population aged 0–15 + population aged 65+) / population aged 15–64
The chapter's definition. A rising ratio means each worker supports more dependents.
Malthusian equilibrium
gY(y) = gP(y)   at income per capita y
S is stable when gY > gP to its left and gP > gY to its right. T is the unstable escape threshold.
Stability test
stable if the curve crosses so that the arrows point inward
Equivalently, if f(y) = gP − gY, then f′ > 0 at S (stable) and f′ < 0 at T (unstable).
Demand for children
Cd = f(Y, Pc, Px, tx)
Signs: ∂Cd/∂Y > 0; ∂/∂Pc < 0; ∂/∂Px > 0; ∂/∂tx < 0.
Net price of children
Pc = anticipated costs − anticipated benefits
Costs are mostly the mother's time; benefits are potential child income and old-age support. This is the variable female wages move.
Budget slope in Figure 6.9
slope = Pchild / Pgoods
The steeper the budget line, the more expensive children are relative to goods. A rotation therefore represents a relative-price change, not an income change.
Demographic dividend
working-age share > dependent share
A transitional growth bonus from the age structure, not a permanent gain. It reverses as the bulge ages.
COVID case-fatality ratio
deaths / confirmed cases = 6,977,010 / 771,678,854 ≈ 0.90%
A case fatality rate, not an infection fatality rate. Both numerator and denominator are measured with error.
Population shares, 2017 → 2050
Africa 16.6% → 25.5%; Asia 59.7% → 54.2%
The regional reallocation is the demographic fact behind the chapter's claim that future population growth is concentrated in Africa.
13

Key Concepts

26 terms · the instructor's Chinese glosses marked
Demographic transition 人口过渡
The historical shift from high birth and death rates to low ones, in three stages: high births and deaths (I), high births and falling deaths (II), falling births and deaths (III).
Birth rate, death rate
Births or deaths per thousand (or per head) of population in a year. The difference is the rate of natural increase.
Total fertility rate
The number of children a woman would have if she experienced the age-specific birth rates of a given year throughout her childbearing years.
Replacement level
The TFR at which each generation exactly replaces itself, about 2.1 children per woman. Below it, the population eventually shrinks absent immigration.
Dependency burden
The proportion of the population aged 0–15 and 65+ relative to the working-age population. A high ratio means each worker supports more dependents.
Population pyramid 金字塔
A graph of the population by age and sex. A wide base means young dependents; a column shape means old dependents.
Hidden momentum 隐性惯性
The tendency of population growth to continue after fertility falls, because the existing age structure has already created a large cohort of future parents.
Demographic dividend 人口红利
A growth boost during the demographic transition when the working-age population far exceeds dependents, raising saving, investment and labour supply.
Malthusian population trap 马尔萨斯陷阱
The idea that rising population and diminishing returns to fixed factors produce a low-level equilibrium in which living standards cannot rise.
Low-level equilibrium
A stable equilibrium at very low income per capita. The economy returns to it after small positive or negative shocks, which is what makes it a trap.
Preventive check
A factor that lowers the birth rate — later marriage, birth control, abstention. In the Malthusian model it shifts the population growth curve down.
Positive check
A factor that raises the death rate — famine, war, epidemic. Malthus's pessimistic mechanism, and the one that keeps S stable.
Population-poverty cycle
The mutual reinforcement of high fertility and poverty: poor families want more children for income and old-age support, and the resulting population pressure keeps them poor.
Household theory of fertility
The theory that family formation has costs and benefits that determine family size, with fertility a rational response to the household's demand for children relative to other goods.
Net price of children
Anticipated costs of a child — mostly the opportunity cost of the mother's time — minus anticipated benefits such as child income and old-age support.
Opportunity cost of the mother's time
The income the mother forgoes by caring for children instead of working. It is the main cost component of Pc and the channel through which female wages move fertility.
Children as investment goods
The deck's refinement: after the first two or three, additional children are held partly for their future income and old-age support, so parents weigh private benefits against private costs.
Old-age security motive
The demand for children as a pension in economies without formal social security. It predicts lower fertility when public pensions expand.
Child mortality
Deaths among children under five. High child mortality raises the demand for births, because parents target a number of surviving children.
Family planning
Programmes providing education and the technology of fertility control. The deck treats well-run programmes as an effective tool, within a broader development strategy.
Coercion 强迫
Compulsory fertility control. The slide rejects it: not a good option, because it does not change the underlying demand and imposes large welfare costs.
Subordination of women
The "not a real problem" school's fourth real issue. It links fertility to women's outside options, and it is the reason raising women's status is both a development goal and a population policy.
Population distribution
Where people live, not how many there are. The "not a real problem" school treats distribution as the real issue behind congestion and resource pressure.
Market failure in fertility
The gap between the private and social cost of a child. If the social cost is higher, there are negative externalities and a case for public policy even without coercion.
Demographic window
The period during which the working-age bulge supports unusually fast growth. It closes as the bulge ages, which is why the dividend is described as a window rather than a permanent gain.
Population policy consensus
The chapter's five-point middle position: population is one factor, more a consequence than a cause of underdevelopment; quality matters more than numbers; externalities justify policy; and voluntary fertility reduction is generally desirable.
14

Self-Check

22 questions · graded
0 / 0 correct

The stability questions are the ones most often answered from memory. Read each crossing.

A · History, structure and the transition

Sections 6.2 and 6.3.
Q1The rate of natural increase of a population is…
Correct.Natural increase = birth rate − death rate. Add net immigration to get the total rate of population change — the slide's two sources.
Not quite.Natural increase is the birth rate minus the death rate. Immigration is the other source of population growth, but it is not part of natural increase.
Q2What is the replacement level of the total fertility rate?
Correct.Slightly above two, because some children die before reaching reproductive age. Thailand at 1.2 and Jamaica at 1.4 are well below it.
Not quite.Replacement is about 2.1 children per woman, not 2.0, for the mortality reason above.
Q3Table 6.3 shows Thailand at 1.2, Jamaica at 1.4 and Colombia at 1.6 in 2024. What does this mean?
Correct.All three are below 2.1. Note the difference between eventually shrinking and already shrinking: hidden momentum can keep the population growing for decades after fertility falls below replacement.
Not quite.Below 2.1 means below replacement. Their populations will eventually shrink, but not necessarily immediately — that is the hidden momentum.
Q4What is the hidden momentum of population growth?
Correct.The pyramid has momentum. Even at replacement fertility from today, births keep rising for years as the existing young cohort enters its reproductive years.
Not quite.It is an age-structure effect: the number of future parents is already determined by past births.
Q5The demographic dividend refers to…
Correct.A bulge in the working ages raises saving, investment and labour supply. It is a window, not a permanent gift: the bulge ages into the dependency of a high-income pyramid.
Not quite.The dividend is about the age structure — many workers relative to dependents — not about the size of the population as such.
Q6Which combination describes Stage II of the demographic transition?
Correct.The gap between the curves is widest in Stage II, which is why developing countries peaked above 2–2.5% growth — faster than Europe ever experienced.
Not quite.Stage II is high births, falling deaths — the mortality transition arriving before the fertility transition.
Q7In Stage III, what distinguishes Case A from Case B among developing countries?
Correct.Case A: South Korea, Costa Rica, China, Cuba, Chile and Sri Lanka. Case B: sub-Saharan Africa and the Middle East, where Stage III has not yet arrived.
Not quite.The distinction is whether fertility falls. Case B regions are stuck because poor living standards and AIDS keep mortality high and the fertility decline delayed.
Q8Put China's fertility-policy changes in the correct order.
Correct.And the easings produced only temporary upticks: births fell below 10 million in 2022, the population began to shrink, and the 2024 Dragon-year rebound to 9.54 million did not reverse the decline.
Not quite.Tightening came first, then two-child, then three-child: 1980 → 2013/2016 → 2021.

B · Malthus and the household

Sections 6.4. Read the crossings, not the shapes.
Q9In Figure 6.7, the growth rate of income per capita is…
Correct.gY/P ≈ gY − gP, the vertical gap. Where the income curve is above, income per capita rises and the economy moves right.
Not quite.It is the vertical difference between the two curves, not either height alone.
Q10In the standard Malthusian trap of Figure 6.7, which statement about the two intersections is correct?
Correct.S is stable and bad — the low-level trap. T is unstable and good to pass. Stability is about the arrows, not about which equilibrium is desirable.
Not quite.The arrows point toward S from both sides and away from T. So S is stable, T unstable.
Q11Why is S stable in Figure 6.7?
Correct.The arrows point inward. Note the key assumption: at very low income, population growth is low or negative, so income growth exceeds it to the left of S.
Not quite.Stability comes from the sign of gY − gP on each side, which sends income per capita back to S.
Q12Which is a criticism of the Malthusian model made on the slides?
Correct.Both are on the slide's list: the model assumes technology fixed, and it focuses on the wrong variable — national income per capita rather than the household's own living standard.
Not quite.The criticisms are that it assumes no technical progress and that it models fertility at the wrong level — national per-capita income rather than the household.
Q13What does Figure 6.8 show?
Correct.The slide's conclusion: all countries have the potential to escape the Malthusian trap. The escape is an upward shift of the income-growth curve, not a movement along it.
Not quite.Figure 6.8 is the optimistic case: technical progress shifts income growth above population growth at every level.
Q14Which set of signs is correct for the demand for children, Cd = f(Y, Pc, Px, tx)?
Correct.Income raises demand; the net price of children lowers it; a higher price of other goods substitutes toward children; and stronger tastes for goods lower it.
Not quite.Reread the slide's four derivatives: Y positive, Pc negative, Px positive, tx negative.
Q15What is the main cost component of the net price of children?
Correct.The income the mother forgoes by caring for children. This is why female wages, education and employment are the strongest empirical correlates of lower fertility.
Not quite.The slide says "mostly the opportunity cost of a mother's time".
Q16In Figure 6.9, if household income and the net price of children rise at the same time — higher female wages plus a tax on births beyond a threshold — the new optimum is…
Correct.The income effect pulls toward more children, but the price effect dominates: g is to the left of f and above it. This is the policy-relevant case.
Not quite.The combined shift lands at g: more goods, fewer children. h is the income effect alone; e the price effect alone.
Q17Which pair of variables is most strongly associated with lower fertility in the empirical literature the deck cites?
Correct.Both raise the opportunity cost of the mother's time. The deck also stresses that declines in child mortality are followed by declines in fertility.
Not quite.The deck's strongest associations are female education and non-agricultural wage employment — the price-of-children channel.

C · Consequences, policy and the exercise

Sections 6.5, 6.6 and the closing exercise.
Q18Which claim belongs to the "population growth is not a real problem" school?
Correct.The school treats overpopulation as a contrived issue and population growth as an essential ingredient of development. It does not deny that specific countries face strains.
Not quite.The "not a real problem" school names underdevelopment, distribution, women's subordination and resource use as the real issues.
Q19Which is part of the chapter's consensus position?
Correct.The consensus is a middle position: not the primary cause, but one factor; more consequence than cause; quality over numbers; externalities justify policy; voluntary reduction generally desirable.
Not quite.The consensus rejects both extremes: population is one factor, and it is more a consequence than a cause of underdevelopment.
Q20What does the deck say about coercion as a population policy?
Correct.Coercion 强迫 does not change the underlying demand for children, so it is fragile and costly. The preferred instruments are education, family planning, incentives and raising women's status.
Not quite.The slide is explicit: coercion is not a good option.
Q21What happened to China's population in 2022–2024?
Correct.TFR about 1.0 in 2023–24, births below 10 million, population shrinking. Shanghai's TFR was 0.7 in 2022.
Not quite.The easings produced only temporary upticks; the 2022 fall below 10 million births marked the population turning negative.
Q22In the closing exercise, point A is an intersection on the declining part of the population curve. What is the answer?
Correct.Equilibrium means the rates are equal. Stability means the arrows point inward — here they point outward: to the left population growth exceeds income growth, and to the right income growth exceeds population growth.
Not quite.A is an equilibrium but an unstable one. The arrows point away on both sides; it is a boundary, not a trap.
Chapter 7

Urbanization and Rural-Urban Migration: Theory and Policy

Todaro & Smith, Economic Development, Ch. 7 (13e pp. 381–418) Source: Chapter7.pdf — 41 slides One interactive model · instructor's exercises · two assigned papers

Chapter 3's Lewis model assumed that surplus agricultural labour moves to the cities and is absorbed there. Chapter 7 removes that assumption. It asks what happens when the countryside sends more workers than the urban economy can employ at the wage the city is required to pay — and it answers with the model that has organised the field since 1970: Harris–Todaro.

The chapter has two halves. The first is descriptive and policy-oriented: how fast the developing world is urbanising, what cities do for an economy, why so many of them are dominated by one giant, and what the informal sector is. The second is analytical: a migrant compares the rural wage with the expected urban wage, where the expectation is the formal wage multiplied by the probability of getting a formal job. The equilibrium of that calculation is an outcome no one planned — a city with a wage gap and a permanent queue of unemployed or informally employed workers. Every policy conclusion in the chapter follows from that result, and several of them are counter-intuitive: creating more urban jobs, for example, can make the queue longer.

1

Concept Map

how the chapter builds
7.1 The dilemma Development is urbanisation: richer countries are more urban. But the deck's claim is stronger and more worrying — many developing countries are excessively or too-rapidly urbanising relative to the jobs and services they can supply.
first, what cities are for
7.2 Role of cities Agglomeration economies: urbanization economies for the whole region, localization economies for a particular sector. Transport savings, labour pooling, shared infrastructure, knowledge spillovers, amenities.
Congestion and scale Every advantage has a cost. The efficient urban scale is where average cost is lowest — and it differs by industry, so there is no single right city size.
then why the urban system is distorted
7.3 Urban giantism 巨型城市 Urban bias squeezes the countryside; first-city bias concentrates everything in the largest city. Four causes: import substitution, bread and circuses, hub-and-spoke transport, and the capital.
7.4 Informal sector Where the workers who do not get formal jobs end up. Labour-intensive, unregulated, productive in its own way — and evidence of a failure elsewhere, not a development strategy on its own.
the facts motivate the theory
7.5 Migration and development The old view welcomed rural-urban migration. The current view: it exceeds cities' capacity to create jobs and provide services. Migration is not only rural-urban.
7.6 Todaro and Harris-Todaro Migrants respond to expected wages. The probability of a formal job falls with urban unemployment, so the equilibrium has a wage gap and a queue.
and the model dictates the policy
7.7 A comprehensive strategy Balance town and country; small labour-intensive firms; correct factor prices; appropriate technology; link education to jobs; slower population growth; decentralise.
2

7.1  The Migration and Urbanization Dilemma

slides 2–4 · Todaro 13e §7.1, pp. 382–390

The section opens with a near-law and then an objection to it. The near-law is that the more developed an economy, the more urbanised it is. The objection is that many developing countries are urbanising much faster than their income and their institutions would predict. Put the two together and you have the migration and urbanization dilemma 两难选择: cities are where modern-sector jobs and services are, so growth pulls people in; but the inflow can outrun the housing, sanitation, transport and formal employment the same cities can provide. The chapter's question is not whether to urbanise — every country does — but whether the rate and the form of urbanisation can be managed.

💬 Think

If urbanisation is simply the spatial shadow of development, why call it a dilemma? Because the correlation in Figure 7.1 is between urbanisation and income, not between urbanisation and welfare. A city can raise measured GNI per capita while its new arrivals live in settlements with no sewerage. The deck's phrase "excessively urbanised" is a claim about the second margin, not the first.

Figure 7.1 — the cross-section

The scatter plots urban population share against GNI per capita for a selection of countries. The fitted curve rises, and it rises steeply only at high incomes. The dispersion around it is the point worth noticing: Rwanda sits at low income and low urbanisation; Ireland and Spain sit well above the curve for their income; Luxembourg sits at the top right. A positive association, in other words, is compatible with a great deal of country-level variety — which is exactly the room in which the "too fast" argument lives.

Figure 7.2 — the same countries through time

Figure 7.2 joins each country's 1970 observation (filled circle) to its 1995 observation (open diamond). Almost every arrow points up and to the right: countries urbanise as they grow. But the arrows also point up in countries whose income did not grow, and some point up and to the left where income fell. The slide's sentence is carefully worded: urbanisation is occurring everywhere, at high and low income, whether growth is positive or negative. That is the fact that makes migration a policy problem rather than a passive consequence of growth — people move for reasons that include, but are not limited to, rising average income.

⚠️ Trap

A positive cross-country correlation is not evidence that urbanisation causes income growth. Figure 7.2 shows urbanisation continuing through stagnant and falling income, which weakens the simple causal story in both directions. If an exam question asks what Figure 7.1 establishes, the defensible answer is "a positive association across countries", not "urbanisation raises income".

4

7.2  The Role of Cities

slides 12–13 · Todaro 13e §7.2, pp. 390–395

Cities exist because proximity raises productivity. The technical name is agglomeration economies 集聚经济, and the deck splits them into two forms that students routinely confuse.

Urbanization economies
Agglomeration effects associated with the general growth of a concentrated geographic region. The benefit comes from the size and diversity of the whole urban area — a deeper labour pool, larger markets, a wider range of business services, public infrastructure — rather than from any one industry.
Localization economies
Agglomeration effects captured by a particular sector as it grows within an area. Finance in the City of London, automobiles in Detroit or Stuttgart, electronics in Shenzhen: the firms are more productive because their own industry is concentrated there.

The distinction is about the source of the externality, not the size of the city. A small town that makes most of the world's buttons enjoys localization economies. A large, diversified metropolis offers urbanization economies to firms in many sectors at once. Most real cities provide both.

Six sources of the productivity gain

The deck lists the channels through which proximity pays, and the list is worth memorising as a list because exam questions often ask for three or four:

  • Transport savings on firm-to-firm and firm-to-consumer shipments. Suppliers and customers are closer together, so the same output needs fewer tonne-kilometres.
  • Firms locate near workers with the skills they need, reducing search and turnover costs.
  • Workers locate near firms that need their skills, for the same reason seen from the other side. This two-sided matching is the core of the labour-pooling story.
  • Shared infrastructure — power, water, ports, roads, sometimes specialised facilities — whose fixed cost can be spread over many users.
  • Knowledge spillovers 知识溢出 within and across related industries: workers learn by moving between firms, and firms learn from their neighbours.
  • Urban amenities 公共服务配套, which benefit consumers as well as producers: schools, hospitals, theatres, restaurants, public space.
⚠️ Trap

The two definitions differ by one word — general growth of the region versus growth of a particular sector. Getting them backwards is the most common error in this chapter. Test yourself: a software firm moves to a city because there are many other software firms and programmers there. That is localization. A firm moves there because the city has a large market, good airports and a deep general labour pool. That is urbanization.

5

Industrial Districts, Congestion, and Efficient Urban Scale

slides 14–16 · Findings Box 7.1

If agglomeration is real, policy should try to create it. The vehicle is the industrial district or cluster 集群: a geographic concentration of firms in one industry, often including suppliers, specialised services and a labour force with industry-specific skills. The deck's judgement is blunt: the quality of clusters is a key to sectoral efficiency 部门效率, but a majority of developing countries have made only limited progress in building them. China is the exception the instructor highlights, with huge strides over the last decade (Findings Box 7.1).

China's hidden champions

The slide is a table of small Chinese towns that dominate global niche markets. It is worth reading as evidence about what a cluster actually is: not a science park or a subsidy programme, but a place where an entire supply chain for one narrow product has co-located until the town is the world's low-cost, high-volume producer.

LocationProductMarket share
Shaodong, HunanDisposable lighters70% of the world
Dafen, ShenzhenDecorative oil paintings60% of the world
Shengzhou, ZhejiangNeckties90% of China, 60% of the world
Yucheng, HenanSteel tape measures85% of China
Shanxiahu, ZhejiangFreshwater pearls80% of China, 70% of the world
Qiaotou, ZhejiangButtons80% of China, 60% of the world
Hengzhou, GuangxiJasmine flowers80% of China, 60% of the world
Hangji, JiangsuToothbrushes80% of China, 30% of the world
Danyang, JiangsuLens blanks70% of China, 50% of the world
Ningjin, ShandongGym equipment70% of China
Lipu, GuangxiClothes hangers70% of China
Pingxiang, HebeiBaby strollers70% of China
Huangqiao, JiangsuViolins70% of China
Datang, ZhejiangSocks65% of China, one-third of the world
Jiangshan, ZhejiangShuttlecocks65% of China
Cao County, ShandongCoffins90% of Japan's imports
Guzhen, GuangdongLighting fixtures60% of China
Nanhe, HebeiPet food60% of China
Chenghai, GuangdongPlastic toys50% of China

Three lessons follow. First, clusters need not be high-technology: lighters, buttons and coffins are as good an example as electronics. Second, the relevant scale is often a town, not a megacity — which connects directly to the "smaller cities" point below. Third, the share figures measure dominance of a product market, not prosperity; a town can be the world's button capital and still have low wages. The deck does not make that last point, but the exam may.

Congestion costs and the efficient urban scale

Agglomeration economies are not unlimited. As a city grows, it also generates congestion costs 拥堵: higher rents, longer commutes, dirtier air, more expensive infrastructure, and the administrative strain of serving more people. The economically efficient urban scale, from the point of view of productive efficiency, is the size at which average costs for industries are lowest — the bottom of the U-shaped average-cost curve, where agglomeration economies have been exhausted by congestion diseconomies.

Two implications follow. First, different industrial specialisations imply different efficient scales: a port or a steel complex may need a large city, while garment assembly may do best in a smaller one. There is therefore no single optimal city size for a country. Second, urban capital and infrastructure are expensive, so labour-intensive developing countries may be expected to have efficient scales at smaller city sizes than capital-intensive rich countries. The policy conclusion — that developing countries may be over-investing in very large cities — is exactly the bridge to urban giantism.

6

7.3  The Urban Giantism Problem

slides 17–20 · Table 7.1 · Todaro 13e §7.3, pp. 395–399

The deck's starting point is urban bias: a systematic policy tilt toward cities and against the countryside. Governments keep food prices low for urban consumers, subsidise urban infrastructure, and locate public investment where the politically visible population is. The result is not simply that cities grow — they would grow anyway — but that they grow in a distorted shape.

The deck also records a puzzle. Cities are capital-intensive, so one would expect large cities mainly in developed countries. Yet urbanisation in developing countries has taken place at an unexpectedly rapid pace, with huge informal sectors in shantytowns and favelas 贫民窟 and a large fraction of workers outside the formal sector. Much of the measured urban growth is in mid-size cities, but urban bias remains a serious issue in many developing countries. In other words, the problem is not only the size of the largest city; it is the whole urban hierarchy's relationship to the countryside.

First-city bias

The slide's single blue-highlighted term is First-City Bias — policy that favours the largest city over the second city and over the rest of the country. It is a special case of urban bias, and the deck gives four causes of urban giantism 巨型城市:

  • Import-substitution industrialisation. With trade restricted, producing for the domestic market means locating near the domestic market; concentrating in one city avoids transport costs. Trade openness, by contrast, pulls industry toward ports and borders rather than the capital.
  • "Bread and circuses" to prevent unrest 不安. Cheap food, subsidies and spectacle in the capital buy political stability. The cost is borne by the countryside and by other cities.
  • A hub-and-spoke transport system 轴辐式 rather than a web. If every route runs through the capital, transport costs from small city to small city are high, so firms locate at the hub. A web of inter-city links would weaken the advantage.
  • The compounding effect of locating the national capital in the largest city. Once government, finance, media and the airport are in the same place, each reinforces the others. The capital is not just a city; it is a bundle of agglomeration economies that no secondary city can match.

Table 7.1 — measuring primacy

The standard measure is the primacy ratio: the population of the largest city divided by that of the second-largest. A ratio near 1 means a balanced urban hierarchy; a high ratio means one city dominates. The deck's 2024 table is selected to contrast the two patterns. Canada and the United States sit at 1.6; Argentina, Chile and Peru sit between 6.5 and 9.4. The ratios below are recomputed from the table's own population figures, so they differ in the second decimal from the slide's rounded one-decimal column.

CountryLargest / second-largest (m) Primacy ratio
Canada Toronto 7.1 / Montreal 4.4 1.61 (slide 1.6)
United States New York 19.4 / Los Angeles 12.5 1.55 (slide 1.6)
Argentina Buenos Aires 16.0 / Córdoba 1.7 9.41 (slide 9.4)
Brazil São Paulo 22.7 / Rio de Janeiro 13.7 1.66 (slide 1.7)
Chile Santiago 7.2 / Valparaíso 1.1 6.55 (slide 6.5)
Mexico Mexico City 22.5 / Guadalajara 5.6 4.02 (slide 4.0)
Peru Lima 11.5 / Arequipa 1.3 8.85 (slide 8.8)
⚠️ Trap

Primacy is a relative measure. Brazil has two giant cities, so its ratio is low (1.66) even though São Paulo is one of the largest cities in the world. Canada's ratio is also low, but for the opposite reason: it has a balanced hierarchy of several large cities. A high ratio tells you one city dominates its national urban system; it does not by itself tell you that the country is poor, or that the city is too large in absolute terms.

7

7.4  The Urban Informal Sector

slides 21–22 · Figure 7.8 · Todaro 13e §7.4, pp. 399–404

The informal sector is the part of the urban economy that is not registered, regulated or taxed: street trading, repair work, domestic service, small workshops, waste picking, transport by motorcycle. It is where the workers who do not get a formal job go — and in many cities it is the majority of employment.

The deck asks a deliberately provocative question: why promote the urban informal sector? It then lists seven reasons, all of which are about what the sector does rather than what it is:

  • It generates surplus despite a hostile environment — hostile because it is harassed, unbanked, and excluded from public services.
  • It creates jobs because it is labour-intensive: the same capital supports far more workers than a formal firm would.
  • It provides access to informal training and apprenticeships 学徒制, often the only skills pathway open to poor migrants.
  • It creates demand for less- or unskilled workers, which is precisely the group that migration brings to the city.
  • It uses appropriate technologies 合适的 and local resources, rather than imported capital-intensive methods.
  • It recycles waste materials — an environmental service that formal systems often do not provide.
  • Its benefits reach the poor, especially women, who are concentrated in the sector.

Figure 7.8 — how large it is

The bar chart gives the share of urban employment in the informal sector for selected cities, latest available around 2022–2024. The ordering is close to a ranking by income. Lagos is highest at 72%, followed by Conakry (70%), Surabaya (66%) and Dhaka (65%); at the bottom are Moscow (18%) and Ljubljana (8%). Lagos's share is 4.0 times Moscow's. The figure is the empirical counterpart of the chapter's central mechanism: in a low-income city, the formal sector is too small to employ the labour force that migration creates.

📖 Beyond the slides

The deck presents the informal sector mainly as a coping mechanism with real benefits. The textbook is more ambivalent, and the distinction is worth holding on to for an essay question. Promoting the informal sector can raise incomes now; it can also entrench a low-productivity, unprotected segment and weaken the tax base that would pay for formalisation. The policy question is not "formal or informal" but how to raise productivity and security within the informal sector without destroying the livelihoods it currently supports.

8

7.5  Migration and Development

slides 23–25 · Figure 7.10 · China 2020 census

The history of the development literature is a change of mind. Rural-to-urban migration was viewed positively until recently: it moves labour from low-productivity agriculture to high-productivity industry, and that is what development is. The current view is that migration is greater than the urban areas' abilities to create jobs and provide social services. The same flow that is productive in the aggregate can overwhelm the specific places that receive it.

Figure 7.10 — migration is not one thing

The stacked bars decompose migration into four streams: rural-urban, rural-rural, urban-urban and urban-rural. The deck's concern is rural-urban, but the figure shows that in many countries that is not the largest stream. In Botswana it is about 60% of the total; in Ethiopia, India, Thailand and Peru, rural-rural migration is a large component, and urban-urban migration is substantial in several countries. The methodological point matters for policy: a programme aimed at "migration" that only thinks about the rural-urban stream will miss much of the movement — and rural-rural migration is often the poorest households moving between agricultural areas.

China's internal migration, 2020 census

The instructor's map is a snapshot of the largest migration system in history. The ten provinces in red have the highest share of outward migration; green areas have net inflows. Two numbers anchor the picture: Guangdong's net inflow is 25.60 million and Henan's net outflow is 17.21 million. The outflow list is completed by Anhui (9.91m), Guizhou (7.82m), Guangxi (7.22m), Sichuan (7.03m) and Hunan (6.30m); the inflow list by Zhejiang (15.07m), Shanghai (10.07m), Beijing (7.55m), Jiangsu (6.64m) and Xinjiang (2.87m). The pattern is the one urban economics predicts: people leave inland agricultural provinces for the coastal manufacturing and service economies.

⚠️ Trap

China's "urbanisation rate" counts permanent urban residents, not holders of an urban hukou. A migrant who has lived in Shenzhen for twenty years may still be registered in Henan, and the 2020 census measures the residence margin, not the entitlement margin. This is why the map's flows can be so large while the official urbanisation rate and the share of the population with urban entitlements diverge. The two numbers answer different questions.

9

7.6  Toward an Economic Theory of Rural-Urban Migration

slides 26–27 · Figures 7.11 · Todaro 13e §7.6, pp. 407–414

The theory starts from a behavioural premise that is easy to state and hard to accept: migration is a rational decision, made by people who are maximizing their expected well-being, not a blind response to crowding or despair. The deck gives four propositions.

1 · Rational
Migrants compare the present value of the rural alternative with the present value of the urban alternative, including the probability of employment and the costs of moving.
2 · Expected, not actual
The decision depends on expected rather than actual wage differentials. A migrant does not compare the rural wage with the formal wage; he compares it with the formal wage multiplied by the chance of getting such a job.
3 · Probability and unemployment
The probability of obtaining a city job is inversely related to the urban unemployment rate. More competition for the same jobs means a lower chance for each migrant.
4 · Imbalance is the cause
High rates of migration are outcomes of rural-urban imbalances — a wage gap created by policy, not a natural difference in productivity.

Figure 7.11 — the decision as a system

The schematic framework is not a model to solve; it is a checklist of everything that enters the decision. On the left, rural income is shaped by complementary factors (land), government policy (taxes) and the social system. On the right, urban income is shaped by the urban wage, self- employment earnings and the probability of a job. These feed into returns to migration, which, together with the cost of migration — opportunity cost, cost of living, transport, and psychic cost 精神的 — determine the expected present value of migration. That is compared with the perceived value of migration 感知到的, which is shaped by information flows: distance, rural-urban contacts, education and media. The output is the migration decision.

Two boxes are easy to miss and examinable. Psychic returns (urban amenities) enter on the return side, and rural-urban remittances 汇款 enter on both sides: they are income for the rural household, and they reduce the net cost of having a family member in the city. The framework therefore treats migration as a household strategy, not only an individual one.

10

7.6  The Harris-Todaro Diagram

slides 28–35 · Figure 7.12 · one interactive model

The diagram is a two-sector labour market drawn in a single box. The horizontal axis is the total labour force, from the agricultural origin OA on the left to the manufacturing origin OM on the right. The left vertical axis is the agricultural wage; the right vertical axis is the manufacturing wage. Agricultural labour demand AA′ slopes downward from left to right; manufacturing labour demand MM′ slopes upward from left to right, because moving right means fewer manufacturing workers and therefore a higher marginal product.

Step 1 — the flexible-wage benchmark

If wages in both sectors are perfectly flexible and labour is mobile, the two demand curves intersect at E, with a common wage WA* = WM*. All available workers are employed: OALA* in agriculture and OMLM* in manufacturing. This is the neoclassical benchmark, and it is the same full-employment assumption the Lewis model made.

Step 2 — an administered urban wage

Now suppose the urban wage is set at W̄M, above the market-clearing level — by a minimum wage, a union, or a civil-service pay norm. Manufacturing employment is read off MM′ at that wage: OMLM. If no unemployment were allowed and there were no informal sector, the remaining workers would settle in agriculture at OALM, earning WA** — lower than the market-clearing wage, and far below the urban wage. The gap W̄M − WA** is the incentive to migrate.

The slide's phrase is precise: rural workers are willing to take their chances in the urban job lottery 碰运气的事. If a migrant has a 30% chance of a formal job at W̄M and a 70% chance of no formal job, the expected urban wage is 0.3 × W̄M, not W̄M. Migration continues until that expected value equals the rural wage.

WA = (LM / LUS) × W̄M

LM is formal manufacturing employment, LUS is the total urban labour pool (employed plus unemployed or informal), and the ratio LM/LUS is the probability that an urban worker holds a formal job. The equation says: in equilibrium, the rural wage equals the probability-weighted urban wage. The three cases on slide 33 follow directly:

CaseConditionDecision
1WA = (LM/LUS)W̄M Indifferent — the migration equilibrium
2WA > (LM/LUS)W̄M Stay in rural areas
3WA < (LM/LUS)W̄M Migrate to the urban area

Step 3 — the qq′ curve and the equilibrium Z

The locus of all indifference points is the qq′ curve. It shows the probability of urban job success necessary to equate the agricultural wage with expected urban income. Because the right-hand side of the equation rises as the urban pool shrinks, qq′ slopes upward from left to right. The new equilibrium is Z, where qq′ crosses AA′. At Z:

  • The rural wage is WA, below the market-clearing wage and far below the urban wage.
  • The urban labour pool is OMLA, which exceeds formal employment OMLM.
  • The difference OMLA − OMLM is unemployed or engaged in low-income informal activity.
  • The actual wage gap is W̄M − WA.

That is the model's central result: a wage gap and urban unemployment are equilibrium outcomes, not signs that the market is failing to adjust. Workers are behaving rationally; the queue is the price of the administered wage.

Model 9

The Harris–Todaro migration model

Two sectoral labour-demand curves in one box. Set the urban minimum wage and watch the qq′ curve move: the intersection Z with the agricultural demand curve determines rural employment, the urban labour pool, and the size of the unemployed or informal queue. Set the minimum wage at the flexible-wage level and the queue disappears.

⚠️ Trap

The labels Z and Z′ move between slides. On slide 31, Z′ marks the point where MM′ meets W̄M. On slide 34, Z marks the equilibrium where qq′ crosses AA′, and Z′ marks where qq′ crosses W̄M. Do not memorise a letter; memorise what each intersection means. An exam question that asks "what is at Z?" is asking about the equilibrium, not about the fixed-wage intersection.

📖 Beyond the slides

The model implies the Todaro paradox: creating more formal urban jobs can raise measured urban unemployment. More jobs raise LM, which raises the expected urban wage at any given pool, which pulls in more migrants; the pool grows by more than the jobs did, so the queue lengthens. The deck does not name the paradox, but it follows directly from the qq′ curve, and it is the economic logic behind the policy warning about wage subsidies in section 7.6.

11

Policy Implications and the Comprehensive Strategy

slides 36–37 · Todaro 13e §7.6–7.7, pp. 414–418

Five implications of the model

The deck draws five policy conclusions from Harris–Todaro. Each is a direct consequence of the expected-wage condition, and each is worth being able to derive rather than memorise.

1 · Reduce urban bias
If the wage gap is created by policy, policy can narrow it. Reducing the urban advantage lowers the expected urban wage and slows migration.
2 · Imbalances in expected opportunities are crucial
It is not the actual gap that drives migration but the expected gap. Policies that change the probability of a job change behaviour even if wages do not move.
3 · Indiscriminate education expands migration
Education raises the chance of obtaining a formal urban job, so expanding it without expanding demand raises expected urban income and pulls more people in — the opposite of the intended effect.
4 · Wage subsidies can backfire
A subsidy to urban employers raises formal pay or employment and therefore the expected urban wage. Scarcity-factor pricing — letting capital and labour prices reflect scarcity — is the alternative.
5 · Integrated rural development
Raise rural incomes and productivity so that the rural alternative improves. This attacks the numerator of the decision, not the urban queue.

The seven-point strategy

Section 7.7 turns the implications into a programme. The deck's list is a useful checklist for an essay question because it spans both sides of the rural-urban balance:

  1. Create an urban-rural balance — investment and pricing that do not systematically favour cities.
  2. Expand small-scale, labour-intensive industries, which employ the workers migration creates and fit the efficient urban scale argument of section 7.2.
  3. Eliminate factor-price distortions 扭曲 — let wages, interest rates and exchange rates reflect scarcity instead of subsidising capital.
  4. Choose appropriate labour-intensive technologies 适合的 rather than importing capital-intensive ones.
  5. Modify the linkage between education and employment — expand skills in line with demand, not ahead of it.
  6. Reduce population growth, which lowers the flow of new entrants to the labour market.
  7. Decentralise authority 分权 to cities and neighbourhoods, so that urban management is not concentrated in the capital that already dominates the hierarchy.
12

The Instructor's Exercises

slides 40–41 · reproduced verbatim, with worked answers

The deck closes with two exercises. The slides give the questions but not the answers — the first says "answers draw upon lecture notes", and the second has no answer key. The answers below are derived from the model in section 7.6; they are the workbench's, not the instructor's, and are flagged as such.

Exercise 1 — draw Figure 7.12 and answer (a) to (e)

The question asks you to reproduce the two-sector diagram: agricultural wage on the left axis, manufacturing wage on the right, OA on the left and OM on the right, AA′ downward, MM′ upward, intersection E, and the migration indifference curve qq′ lying above E, upward-sloping but flatter than MM′.

Ex 1Give the answers to parts (a) to (e), with the reasoning for each label.
  1. (a) Flexible wages. The two demand curves meet at E; the common wage is WA* = WM*. All workers are employed, with OALA* in agriculture and OMLM* in manufacturing.
  2. (b) Minimum wage at qq′ ∩ MM′, no unemployment. Manufacturing employment is OMLM. If every urban worker is employed and there is no informal sector, the urban population equals OMLM and the remaining OALM workers are in agriculture. Their wage is WA**, read off AA′ at that allocation.
  3. (c) Manufacturing employment is the distance OMLM — the horizontal distance from the right origin to the point where W̄M meets MM′.
  4. (d) Agricultural employment is the distance OALM — the remainder of the labour force, measured from the left origin.
  5. (e) Number of migrants. Allow migration. Workers move until the expected urban wage equals the rural wage, which occurs at Z, where qq′ crosses AA′. The urban pool becomes OMLA, so the number who migrate beyond the no-unemployment allocation is OMLA − OMLM — the unemployed or informal pool.

Why (e) is the answer. The question's part (b) assumes no unemployment; part (e) relaxes that assumption. The extra migrants do not all find jobs — that is the whole point of the model. They join the urban pool and either queue or work informally, which is why the distance is the unemployment/informality gap rather than zero.

Exercise 2 — the arithmetic of the migration decision

The question: if the rural wage is 4 and the formal urban wage is 10, there will be rural-to-urban migration if the formal urban unemployment rate is (a) 50%, (b) 60%, (c) 70%, or (d) all of the above.

The expected urban wage is (1 − u) × 10, where u is the unemployment rate. Migration occurs when that exceeds 4:

(1 − u) × 10 > 4   ⇒   1 − u > 0.4   ⇒   u < 0.60

At a 50% unemployment rate the expected wage is 5.0, which exceeds 4, so migration occurs. At 60% the expected wage is exactly 4: the worker is indifferent, so there is no strict incentive to move. At 70% the expected wage is 3, so the worker stays. The answer is therefore (a) 50%, not (d): 60% is the indifference point, and 70% is a disincentive. The threshold itself is 60%.

⚠️ Trap

The probability in the formula is the probability of a formal job, which is 1 minus the formal unemployment rate only if every non-employed urban worker is counted in the denominator. If the urban pool includes informal workers, the correct probability is LM/LUS, which is lower than one minus the official unemployment rate whenever informality is substantial. The exercise's simplified version is fine for the arithmetic; do not carry it into a question about a city with a large informal sector.

13

Assigned Reading

slides 38–39 · two papers set with the chapter

The deck closes with two title pages, both on China. They are not examinable in the same way as the model, but they show where the instructor's own research interest sits — and both connect directly to the chapter's themes of migration, urbanisation and the household.

周闯、郑旭刚、许文立 ·《县域新型城镇化建设与农业转移人口就业质量》
A Chinese-language paper on county-level new urbanisation and the employment quality of rural-to-urban migrants. It treats the new-urbanisation pilot as a quasi-natural experiment, uses China Migrants Dynamic Survey data and a staggered difference-in-differences design, and finds that the pilot significantly improved migrants' employment quality. The channels are "external empowerment" through better access to public services and "internal empowerment" through a stronger sense of identity. The effects are stronger in counties with less fiscal pressure and for the new generation and high-school-educated migrants. Keywords: new urbanisation, employment quality, rural-to-urban migrants, staggered DID.
Huang, Huang, Zhang & Zheng · "Migration incentives and elderly health: Evidence from the Hukou reforms in China"
Journal of Development Economics 184 (2027), 103903. The paper studies what child migration does to the elderly who stay behind: consumption, economic participation, health and mental health. It exploits variation in pre-existing ties between provinces interacted with the time-varying intensity of regional migration deregulation. It finds more remittances, higher consumption, less farm work, and improved healthcare utilisation and physical health among the non-migrating elderly — but a modest decline in mental well-being, plausibly from the loss of informal care and companionship. The trade-off is the point: migration can raise the material standard of living of the sending household while lowering the quality of life of the people left in it.
14

Formula Sheet

print-friendly
Urbanisation rate
urban residents / total population × 100
In China this counts permanent urban residents, not holders of an urban hukou.
Primacy ratio
population of largest city / population of second-largest city
A ratio near 1 is a balanced hierarchy; a high ratio means one city dominates. It is relative: two giant cities can produce a low ratio.
Expected urban wage
E(WU) = (LM / LUS) × W̄M
LM/LUS is the probability of holding a formal job; the alternative income is zero in the simple model.
Migration equilibrium (qq′)
WA = (LM / LUS) × W̄M
The locus of indifference points. It slopes upward in the diagram because a smaller urban pool raises the probability of a job.
Migration decision
migrate if WA < (LM/LUS) W̄M
Stay if the inequality is reversed; indifferent at equality. This is the three-case table on slide 33.
Urban unemployment / informal pool
U = LUS − LM
The distance OMLA − OMLM in Figure 7.12.
Urban unemployment rate
(LUS − LM) / LUS
The denominator is the urban labour pool, not the whole urban population.
Wage gap at Z
W̄M − WA
The actual gap, not the expected gap. The expected gap is zero at Z by construction.
No-unemployment rural wage
WA** = AA′(OALM)
The wage if every urban worker were employed and the rest stayed in agriculture. Compare it with WA at Z.
Todaro-paradox condition
dU/dLM > 0 possible
Job creation raises the expected urban wage and can pull in more migrants than jobs, so measured unemployment rises. Not stated on the slides; derived from the qq′ curve.
15

Key Concepts

26 terms · the instructor's Chinese glosses marked
Migration and urbanization dilemma 两难选择
Development brings urbanisation, but the pace can outrun the jobs, housing and services cities can provide. The chapter's opening problem.
Agglomeration economies 集聚经济
Productivity gains from the spatial concentration of economic activity. Two forms: urbanization economies and localization economies.
Urbanization economies
Gains from the general growth of a concentrated region — a deep labour pool, large markets, shared infrastructure — available to firms across many sectors.
Localization economies
Gains captured by a particular sector as it grows within an area — finance in one city, automobiles in another. The source is industry-specific concentration.
Knowledge spillovers 知识溢出
Learning that passes between firms and workers because they are close together, without a market transaction.
Industrial district / cluster 集群
A geographic concentration of firms in one industry, with suppliers, specialised services and an industry-specific labour force. China's "hidden champion" towns are the deck's example.
Congestion costs 拥堵
The diseconomies of city size: rents, commuting time, pollution, infrastructure strain. They offset agglomeration economies at large scale.
Efficient urban scale
The city size at which average costs for industries are lowest, from the point of view of productive efficiency. It differs by industry.
Urban bias
A policy tilt toward cities and against the countryside: cheap urban food, subsidised urban services, public investment where the politically visible population is.
First-city bias
Policy that favours the largest city over the second city and the rest of the country. The deck's only blue-highlighted term.
Urban giantism 巨型城市
A national urban system dominated by one oversized city. Measured by the primacy ratio; caused by import substitution, bread and circuses, hub-and-spoke transport, and the capital's location.
Import-substitution industrialisation
A trade strategy that replaces imports with domestic production. By restricting trade, it encourages firms to locate near the domestic market — often in a single city.
Hub-and-spoke transport 轴辐式
A network in which routes run through one central hub rather than forming a web. It raises the relative cost of locating in secondary cities.
Primacy ratio
Largest-city population divided by second-largest-city population. A relative measure of urban concentration.
Informal sector
Unregistered, unregulated, untaxed economic activity: street trade, repair, domestic service, small workshops. In many low-income cities it is the majority of employment.
Shantytown / favela 贫民窟
An unplanned settlement with insecure tenure and inadequate services, typically the destination of poor rural-urban migrants.
Appropriate technology 合适的
A technology suited to the factor endowments of the country — labour-intensive where labour is abundant and capital scarce.
Todaro model
The behavioural theory that migration responds to the expected rural-urban income differential, where the urban expectation is weighted by the probability of a job.
Harris-Todaro model
The diagrammatic version: AA′, MM′, the qq′ indifference curve, and the equilibrium Z with a wage gap and urban unemployment.
Expected income
The probability-weighted income from a location, not the income actually received if employed. The object the migrant compares.
Probability of a job 碰运气的事
In the simple model, LM/LUS. It falls as the urban pool grows, which is what makes migration self-limiting.
Migration indifference curve (qq′)
The locus of rural wages and urban employment levels at which a worker is indifferent between the two locations.
Wage gap
The difference between the administered urban wage and the rural wage. At Z it is positive even though the expected gap is zero.
Psychic costs and returns 精神的
The non-pecuniary costs of leaving home and the non-pecuniary returns of urban life. Both enter the expected present value of migration.
Remittances 汇款
Money sent home by migrants. Income for the rural household and a reduction in the net cost of migration.
Factor-price distortion 扭曲
A price of labour, capital or foreign exchange that does not reflect its scarcity. The chapter's policy target: correct the prices and firms will choose the right technique.
Decentralisation 分权
Devolving authority to cities and neighbourhoods, so that urban management is not concentrated in the capital. The seventh point of the strategy.
16

Self-Check

18 graded · 4 extended answers · 22 questions
Answer from memory first. The feedback explains why the wrong options are wrong, not only why the right one is right.

A · Multiple choice

Q1Which pairing best states the migration and urbanization dilemma?
Correct.The two halves are the near-law (development is urbanisation) and the objection (the pace can exceed the city's capacity).
Not quite.The chapter does not say cities are parasitic or that migration is the only solution; it says the rate can be excessive.
Q2Figure 7.1 shows a positive cross-country association between urbanisation and income. What does Figure 7.2 add?
Correct.Arrows point up in countries whose income did not grow, which is why migration is a policy problem rather than a passive consequence.
Not quite.The figure shows urbanisation continuing without growth; it does not establish causality or a necessary condition.
Q3In Figure 7.4's top 25 megacities (2024), how many are in China?
Correct.Fifteen of the 25: Chongqing, Shanghai, Beijing, Chengdu, Guangzhou, Shenzhen, Tianjin, Suzhou, Zhengzhou, Wuhan, Xi'an, Hangzhou, Shijiazhuang, Linyi and Harbin.
Not quite.Count the Chinese entries in the table; it is a clear majority of the list.
Q4What happened to China's urbanisation rate between 1980 and 2024?
Correct.The slide calls it the fastest large-scale urbanisation in history.
Not quite.The starting value and the gain are both given on slide 8; 66 − 19.4 = 46.6.
Q5Which reading of Figure 7.6 is correct?
Correct.The near-equality in Sub-Saharan Africa is what makes the "urbanisation as slum growth" concern concrete.
Not quite.Northern Africa is the exception in the other direction: its slum population actually shrank.
Q6What distinguishes urbanization economies from localization economies?
Correct.General region versus particular sector is the distinction. The definitions are one word apart and easy to reverse.
Not quite.Option A reverses the two definitions; option B confuses economies with diseconomies; option D is invented.
Q7Which of these is NOT a source of agglomeration economies listed in the deck?
Correct.Rising commuting time and rent is a congestion cost — the offset to agglomeration, not a source of it.
Not quite.The first three are on the deck's list; the fourth is a diseconomy.
Q8The economically efficient urban scale is the city size at which:
Correct.And because it differs by industry, there is no single optimal city size for a country.
Not quite.The deck defines it by average cost, not population, rent, or a universal constant.
Q9First-city bias means:
Correct.It is a special case of urban bias, and the slide's only blue-highlighted term.
Not quite.The "first" refers to rank, not history or arrival order.
Q10Which is a cause of urban giantism given in the deck?
Correct.The other three causes are bread and circuses, hub-and-spoke transport, and locating the capital in the largest city.
Not quite.Import substitution is the trade-related cause; free trade and dense secondary-city networks weaken giantism.
Q11Table 7.1 gives Argentina a ratio of 9.4 (Buenos Aires 16.0m, Córdoba 1.7m). What does this show?
Correct.Primacy is the largest/second-largest ratio; Argentina's hierarchy is far more concentrated than Canada's or the US's.
Not quite.Córdoba is small relative to Buenos Aires; 16.0 / 1.7 = 9.41.
Q12Which is NOT a reason the deck gives for promoting the urban informal sector?
Correct.Formal social insurance is precisely what the informal sector lacks; that is the case against treating it as a solution.
Not quite.The deck's list is about labour intensity, training, local resources, recycling and benefits to the poor — not high wages or social insurance.
Q13Figure 7.8 reports informal employment shares from 8% in Ljubljana to 72% in Lagos. What is the best interpretation?
Correct.The ordering runs broadly from low-income to high-income cities, and Lagos's share is four times Moscow's.
Not quite.The chart is highly unequal across cities and strongly ordered by income.
Q14What is the current view of rural-urban migration in the chapter?
Correct.The old view was positive; the current view is that the flow exceeds absorptive capacity.
Not quite.The chapter criticises the flow's pace, not migration itself.
Q15What does Figure 7.10 show about the components of migration?
Correct.Botswana is near 60% rural-urban, but Ethiopia, India, Thailand and Peru have large rural-rural streams.
Not quite.The stacked bars decompose four streams; none is 100% everywhere.
Q16The Todaro model says migration depends on:
Correct.The expected wage is the formal wage times the probability of a job; that is what makes the queue an equilibrium.
Not quite.Actual wage gaps are not the decision variable; expected gaps are.
Q17In Harris-Todaro, the probability of obtaining a formal job is:
Correct.Formal jobs divided by the urban labour pool. The expected wage is that ratio times the formal wage.
Not quite.The probability is employment over the pool; option B inverts it.
Q18Rural wage 4, formal urban wage 10, formal urban unemployment 50%. What is the expected urban wage?
Correct.(1 − 0.5) × 10 = 5, which exceeds the rural wage, so migration occurs.
Not quite.Multiply the formal wage by the probability of a formal job.

B · Extended answers

Q19Derive the migration condition from the expected-wage idea, then use it to answer the instructor's Exercise 2.

Let u be the formal urban unemployment rate and W̄M the formal wage. An urban worker's expected wage is (1 − u)W̄M. A rural worker with wage WA migrates if

(1 − u)W̄M > WA

With WA = 4 and W̄M = 10, this is (1 − u) × 10 > 4, so u < 0.6. At 50%, expected income is 5 > 4: migrate. At 60%, expected income is 4: indifferent. At 70%, expected income is 3 < 4: stay. Answer: (a) 50%.

The general point: the threshold unemployment rate is 1 − WA/W̄M, so a higher rural wage or a lower urban wage shrinks the range of unemployment rates that still induce migration.

Q20In Figure 7.12, why is Z an equilibrium, and what is the distance OMLA − OMLM?

At Z, two conditions hold at once. The qq′ curve says the worker is indifferent: WA = (LM/LUS)W̄M. The AA′ curve says the agricultural wage is what agricultural labour demand pays at the resulting rural employment. Since the rural allocation is consistent with the rural wage and the migration condition is satisfied, no worker wants to move: that is an equilibrium.

Because the urban pool LUS exceeds formal employment LM, the difference LUS − LM — in the diagram, OMLA − OMLM — is the number of urban workers who are unemployed or in low-income informal activity. The model predicts a permanent queue, not a temporary one.

Q21Explain the Todaro paradox: why can creating more formal urban jobs increase measured urban unemployment?

Raising LM does two things. It directly reduces the queue by employing more of the existing urban pool; but it also raises (LM/LUS) W̄M at the old pool, which raises the expected urban wage. The qq′ curve shifts up, so the new equilibrium has a larger urban pool. If the pool grows by more than the jobs, LUS − LM rises.

The condition for the paradox is that the migration response is strong enough to outweigh the direct employment effect. The policy implication is uncomfortable: a jobs programme that does not also change the rural alternative can lengthen the queue it was meant to shorten. This is why the chapter's strategy pairs urban job creation with integrated rural development.

Q22Take the five policy implications and explain, for each, the sentence in the model that generates it.
  1. Reduce urban bias. The gap in the model comes from an administered urban wage. Lowering the wage gap lowers the right-hand side of the migration condition.
  2. Expected opportunities are crucial. Migration depends on the probability-weighted wage, not the actual wage. Policies that change the probability change behaviour even without a wage change.
  3. Indiscriminate education. Education raises the chance of a formal job, so it raises the expected urban wage and pulls more migrants into the pool. Expanding it without expanding demand can worsen the outcome.
  4. Wage subsidies can backfire. A subsidy to urban employers raises formal pay or employment and therefore the expected urban wage. Correcting scarcity-factor prices is the alternative.
  5. Integrated rural development. Raising the rural wage attacks WA directly, reducing the incentive to move without adding to the urban queue.

The common thread: because the model is an equilibrium, a policy that changes one variable changes the migration flow, and the flow can offset the intended effect. That is why the chapter insists on a package rather than a single lever.

Roadmap

Where the Course Goes Next

Chapters 1–7 delivered · Chapter 8 onward Extension reading Revision checklist

Seven chapters have been delivered so far, covering the classic growth theories, the contemporary models that answered them, and the migration mechanism that connects the two. This page holds the placeholder for what comes next, the papers and reading the instructor put on the decks, and a short revision checklist that cross-references the chapters.

1

Delivered So Far

348 slides across seven chapters

Each chapter is built from the instructor's own deck, slide by slide. Where a slide carried only an image — a figure, a table, or a formula stored as a picture — the content was read off the rendered slide rather than guessed at, and where a cell could not be read it is marked as illegible rather than filled in.

Chapters 4, 5, 6 and 7 arrived as PDFs rather than slide files. Their text layers were intact, so the prose and the glossary terms could be extracted directly; their figures and tables were read off the rendered pages, as before. Unlike the first three decks, the PDFs do carry the instructor's blue emphasis (colour 0070C0) on selected terms — "Kuznets ratio" and "poverty gap" in Chapter 5; "dependency burdens", "hidden momentum" and "demographic dividend" in Chapter 6; and, in Chapter 7, the single term First-City Bias. Those terms are treated as key concepts here. Earlier notes on this site that said there was no blue anywhere were written from the Chapter 1–3 slide files and do not apply to Chapters 4–7.

2

Next Chapters

placeholder — awaiting slides

These are the topics that follow in a standard development-economics sequence. They are listed so the shape of the rest of the course is visible, and each will be built out to the same five-block structure as the seven chapters above when the decks arrive.

Chapter 8

Human Capital: Education and Health in Economic Development

Education as investment and as a right, the returns to schooling, child labour, health and nutrition, and the design of public services. The natural next step after Chapter 7: the human capital that migrants bring to the city, and the services the city has to supply.
Awaiting slides
3

Extension Reading

shown at the end of the Chapter 3, 4, 6 and 7 decks

The instructor closed the Chapter 3 slides with the title pages of two research papers. They are not examinable material, but they mark the direction of his own interest and both are about China, which is where the course's examples keep landing.

Chapter 4's closing slide set a third item, in Chinese and from a Chinese textbook rather than a journal — and unlike the other two it sits directly alongside two examinable exercises, so it is more likely to be intended as reading for the course itself.

郭熙保等著 ·《发展经济学》第四章第三节〈中国经济增长及其动力因素〉
Set on the last slide of the Chapter 4 deck, next to the two exercises. A Chinese-language treatment of China's growth and its drivers. It is not in Todaro & Smith, and it is the only non-English reading assigned so far. The connection to make is with the big push: China's industrialisation was coordinated rather than left to market forces, which is Case 3 of the model — the intervention that moves the economy off the bad equilibrium.
陈斌开、杜浩锋、江深哲、夏俊杰 ·《消费和投资良性互动与长期经济增长》
经济研究, 2026年第6期. The classical growth theories hold that expanding consumption crowds out investment and so harms long-run growth. This paper argues the classical theory understates the demand-side pull that consumption exerts on production. Its finding: industries with a higher final-consumption share have a higher share of small firms, more active firm entry, and faster TFP growth. The authors build an endogenous growth model with consumer goods, investment goods and heterogeneous firm entry, and derive an inverted-U relationship between the consumption rate and the long-run growth rate — at low consumption rates, expanding consumption draws in firms and raises growth; at high rates it crowds out investment and drags growth down. On Chinese data they conclude there is currently room to raise long-run growth potential by moderately expanding consumption.
Brandt, Kambourov & Storesletten · "Barriers to Entry and Regional Economic Growth in China"
Review of Economic Studies (2026) 93, 286–326. Labour productivity in manufacturing differs starkly across Chinese regions. The authors document that productivity, wages and start-up rates of non-state firms nonetheless experienced rapid unconditional regional convergence after 1995. They construct a Hopenhayn model with location-specific capital wedges, output wedges and entry barriers, estimate those wedges from Chinese Industry Census data, and find that entry barriers explain most of the differences in performance and growth across prefectures — and that changes in those barriers are causally related to changes in the size of the state sector, with a smaller state sector leading to lower entry barriers.
Gruber, Lin & Yi · "The largest insurance program in history: Saving one million lives per year in China"
Journal of Public Economics 226 (2023) 104999. The New Cooperative Medical Scheme, rolled out across rural China from 2003 to 2008, insured about 800 million rural Chinese. Combining aggregate mortality data with individual survey data, the authors find a significant decline in aggregate mortality, with the programme saving more than one million lives per year at its peak and explaining 78% of the entire increase in Chinese life expectancy over the period. Set at the end of the Chapter 6 deck, and the mortality-side complement to that chapter's life-expectancy slides.
Keller & Utar · "Globalization, Gender, and the Family"
Review of Economic Studies 89 (2022), 3381–3409. Facing the same labour-demand shock from Chinese imports, men and women make different labour-market and family adjustments, producing significant long-run gender inequality. Using Danish population registers and matched employer–employee data, the authors show that women in their late 30s — near the end of the biological clock — respond to displacement by having a baby. The biological clock turns a gender-neutral trade shock into a gender gap. This is the household theory of fertility in reverse: a shock to the mother's opportunity cost changes the timing of births.

Chapter 7 closes with two papers on China's migration and urbanisation. The first is in Chinese and evaluates the county-level new-urbanisation pilot; the second is a Journal of Development Economics paper on the health of the elderly left behind when adult children migrate.

周闯、郑旭刚、许文立 ·《县域新型城镇化建设与农业转移人口就业质量》
Uses the new-urbanisation pilot as a quasi-natural experiment, with China Migrants Dynamic Survey data and a staggered difference-in-differences design. Finds that the pilot significantly improved the employment quality of rural-to-urban migrants, through better access to public services ("external empowerment") and a stronger sense of identity ("internal empowerment"). Effects are stronger in counties with less fiscal pressure and for younger and better-educated migrants. Set on the last-but-one slide of the Chapter 7 deck.
Huang, Huang, Zhang & Zheng · "Migration incentives and elderly health: Evidence from the Hukou reforms in China"
Journal of Development Economics 184 (2027), 103903. Exploits variation in pre-existing province ties interacted with the time-varying intensity of migration deregulation. Child migration raises remittances, consumption and healthcare use, and improves the physical health of the elderly who stay behind — but modestly lowers their mental well-being, plausibly through the loss of informal care and companionship. The cleanest statement in the course of the trade-off at the heart of the migration decision.
💬 Think

The two Chapter 3 papers are worth reading against that chapter, because each takes one of its loose ends and makes it the centre of the analysis. The first questions the saving-versus-consumption trade-off that the Harrod-Domar model takes for granted. The second is a direct empirical study of unconditional convergence — within a single country, which is a cleaner test than Barro's across countries, and it finds the convergence that Barro could not.

📖 Beyond the slides

The instructor also assigned the documentary Why Poverty?, Episode 1: Poor Us, at the end of Chapter 1 — an animated history of attempts to end poverty, and the same argument as section 1.1 in another medium.

4

Reading Alongside the Textbook

Todaro & Smith, 13th edition

The course slides were built on an earlier edition — their footers read Copyright © 2012 Pearson Addison-Wesley — so if you are working from the 13th edition the chapter numbers match but the section numbers often do not. Nothing is missing; some of it has moved into appendices, and some of it has moved into a different chapter.

What the slides call itWhere the 13th edition puts it
Ch. 1 — poverty, the field, capability, MDGs §1.2, §1.4, §1.5–1.6, §1.7  (pp. 42–64)
Ch. 1 — country classification Moved to §1.3 and again to §2.2  (pp. 48, 78–86)
Ch. 2 — defining and measuring development §2.1–2.3  (pp. 76–94)
Ch. 2 — the traditional (arithmetic) HDI Appendix 2.1  (pp. 143–148)
Ch. 2 — ten characteristics §2.4  (pp. 95–107)
not in the slides at all §2.6 Long-Run Causes of Comparative Development  (pp. 115–122)
Ch. 2 — how low-income countries differ Appendix 2.2  (pp. 149–156)
Ch. 3 — the growth facts (divergence, convergence) Chapter 2, §2.5  (pp. 108–115)
Ch. 3 — four approaches, linear stages, Lewis, dependence, counterrevolution §3.1–3.5  (pp. 157–178)
Ch. 3 — the Solow model Appendix 3.2  (pp. 194–198)
Ch. 3 — reconciling the differences §3.6  (p. 179)
not in the slides at all Appendix 3.1 Components of Economic Growth  (pp. 188–193)
not in the slides at all Appendix 3.3 Endogenous Growth Theory  (pp. 199–204)
Ch. 4 — contemporary models (all eight sections) §4.1–4.8  (pp. 165–198) — a direct 1:1 match
Ch. 5 — measurement, welfare, poverty and policy §5.1–5.9  (pp. 220–272) — the slides compress the textbook's growth-and-poverty and labour-share sections into 5.3–5.4
Ch. 6 — population, transition, Malthus, household theory, policy §6.1–6.6  (pp. 293–331) — a direct 1:1 match
Ch. 7 — cities, giantism, informal sector, migration, Harris-Todaro, strategy §7.1–7.7  (pp. 381–418) — a direct 1:1 match, but the 13th edition retitles §7.1 as Urbanisation: Trends and Living Conditions and §7.3 as Understanding Urban Giants: Causes and Consequences

Chapter 4 is the exception. Its eight sections line up with the textbook's eight, in the same order and with the same numbers, so the section-by-section mapping that the earlier chapters need does not apply here. That is worth knowing for two reasons: it means the slide numbers in the margin of the Chapter 4 page are trustworthy, and it means anything the instructor dropped is simply absent rather than relocated. The 13th edition adds a Case Study 4 on China immediately after the chapter, which the slides do not carry — and which pairs with the Chinese reading he set on his last slide.

📖 Beyond the slides

Three things in the 13th edition are worth reading even though the slides never mention them, and all three are written up in the chapters above with the argument set out in full:

  • Appendix 3.1, Components of Economic Growth — capital accumulation, population and labour force growth, and technological progress, with the three-way classification of technology into neutral, labour-saving and capital-saving.
  • Appendix 3.3, Endogenous Growth Theory — the answer to the gap the slides themselves flag: if capital accumulation cannot sustain growth and technology is outside the model, what does explain sustained growth? The answer is the AK model, and its prediction is the opposite of Solow's.
  • §2.6, Long-Run Causes of Comparative Development — the chapter's hardest question: why do the differences exist at all? Geography, colonial regime type, inequality and institutional quality, built around the Acemoglu–Johnson–Robinson "reversal of fortune" result and the Engerman–Sokoloff factor-endowment argument. It also contains the clearest introduction to instrumental variables you will meet in this course — worth reading for the method as much as the conclusion.

Three case studies also fill gaps: Pakistan and Bangladesh (Ch. 1, on whether income or capability is the better measure of development), Ghana (Ch. 2, on colonial legacies and institutions), and South Korea and Argentina (Ch. 3, which runs all four theories against two countries that swapped places). The first and third are summarised in the relevant chapters here.

⚠️ Trap

Do not be thrown by page numbers quoted in the slides' images — several tables were re-sourced when the instructor updated the data to 2022–2026, so a figure captioned "2018" may carry later numbers here than in your printed copy. Where the two disagree, the slides win, because the slides are what will be examined.

5

Revision Checklist

what to be able to do, chapter by chapter

Each item below is something you should be able to do from memory, on paper, without the slides. They are ordered by how likely they are to appear as an exam question, based on what the instructor chose to gloss, bold, or work through in class.

A · Things you must be able to draw

Six diagrams: three from Chapter 3, the Lorenz curve from Chapter 5, the Malthusian trap from Chapter 6, and the Harris-Todaro diagram from Chapter 7. The last three are interactive on this site.
DiagramWhat you must be able to do with it
The Solow diagram Draw y = Af(k), sy and (n+d)k; mark the steady state S; show which way the economy moves when k is below or above k*. Then show what happens when s rises, when n rises, and when A rises.
The Lewis two-sector diagram Draw both panels. On the modern side, show the horizontal labour supply, the downward-sloping demand curves, and label the areas for output, wages and profit. Show what changes at the turning point.
The fixed-coefficient isoquant Draw Y = min{10K, L} with right-angled isoquants, and contrast it with the smooth isoquants of the Cobb-Douglas function.
The Lorenz curve and the Gini area Plot the cumulative income shares from a decile or quintile table; mark the 45° line; shade the area between the curve and the diagonal; and label the Gini as A/(A+B). Be able to show the three growth typologies and the crossing under modern-sector enlargement.
The Malthusian population trap Plot population growth and income growth against income per capita; mark S (stable) and T (unstable); draw the inward arrows at S and the outward arrows at T; and show the upward shift of the income curve that eliminates the trap.
The Harris-Todaro diagram (Figure 7.12) Draw the two-origin box with AA′ and MM′; mark E and the flexible wage; add the administered wage W̄M and the qq′ indifference curve; mark Z and its vertical LA; and show that OMLA − OMLM is the unemployed or informal pool.

B · Calculations you must be able to do

Each of these appears in the self-check blocks with a full worked answer.
CalculationWhere
g = s/c, and running it backwards for a growth target Chapter 3 · Harrod-Domar
The old HDI: five sub-indexes then an arithmetic mean Chapter 2 · Bangladesh 2007
The New HDI: the same sub-indexes then a geometric mean Chapter 2 · China 2010
k* = (sA/(n+d))² for α = 0.5, then y* = A√k* Chapter 3 · Solow
Cobb-Douglas with α = 0.5, and why doubling K does not double Y Chapter 3 · production function
Reading Table 2.11's three-way split, and the PPP ratio column Chapter 2 · data sections
The Gini coefficient from quintile shares, by trapezoids Chapter 5 · Table 5.1 (area 0.29, Gini 0.42)
TPG, APG, NPG, AIS, NIS, P1 and P2 Chapter 5 · the eight-person economy (P2 = 0.05)
MPI = H × A, and the weights Chapter 5 · Bangladesh 2019 (0.383 × 0.394 = 0.151)
Per-capita growth as gY − gP, and stability from the crossing Chapter 6 · Figures 6.7 and the closing exercise
Expected urban wage (1 − u)W̄M, and the migration threshold u < 1 − WA/W̄M Chapter 7 · Exercise 2 (rural 4, urban 10: migrate at 50%, indifferent at 60%)
Urban unemployment rate (LUS − LM) / LUS, and the wage gap at Z Chapter 7 · Harris-Todaro model and self-check
Primacy ratio = largest city / second-largest city Chapter 7 · Table 7.1

C · Terms to be able to define in both languages

The instructor's own Chinese glosses. If you can go from the Chinese to the English term and say why it matters, the concept question is answered.
Chapter 1
可行能力 (capability) · 尊严 (self-esteem / dignity) · 奴役 (servitude)
Chapter 2
附加价值 (value added) · 购买力平价 (purchasing power parity) · 粗出生率 (crude birth rate)
Chapter 3 — the theories
阶段增长模型 (linear stages) · 结构变革 (structural change) · 国际依附革命理论 (international-dependence revolution) · 新古典主义革命 (neoclassical counterrevolution) · 协调 (reconciling)
Chapter 5
规模分配 (size distribution) · 功能分配 (functional distribution) · 洛伦兹曲线 (Lorenz curve) · 基尼系数 (Gini coefficient) · 库兹涅茨比率 (Kuznets ratio) · 人头指数 (headcount index) · 累进税 (progressive tax)
Chapter 6
人口过渡 (demographic transition) · 隐性惯性 (hidden momentum) · 人口红利 (demographic dividend) · 马尔萨斯陷阱 (Malthusian trap) · 金字塔 (population pyramid) · 强迫 (coercion)
Chapter 7
两难选择 (dilemma) · 集聚经济 (agglomeration economies) · 集群 (cluster) · 巨型城市 (urban giantism) · 贫民窟 (shantytown / favela) · 轴辐式 (hub-and-spoke) · 碰运气的事 (job lottery) · 精神的 (psychic) · 汇款 (remittances) · 一体化的 (integrated) · 扭曲 (distortion) · 分权 (decentralisation)
Chapter 3 — the concepts
分化 (divergence) · 趋同 (convergence) · 技术转移 (technology transfer) · 新殖民主义 (neocolonial) · 外围 (periphery) · 虚假范例模型 (false-paradigm model) · 二元发展论 (dualistic-development thesis) · 计划经济 (statist) · 自由市场分析 (free market approach) · 公共选择理论 (public choice) · 亲善市场理论 (market-friendly) · 索洛 (Solow) · 外生 (exogenous) · 内生 (endogenous)

D · Distinctions that are easy to blur

Every one of these is a trap flagged somewhere in the chapters.
Do not confusewith
FunctioningsCapabilities — achievement versus freedom to achieve
GNIGDP — who owns it versus where it is produced
Old HDI (arithmetic)New HDI (geometric) — the formulas are not interchangeable
Growth convergenceAbsolute income convergence — relative gaps can narrow while absolute gaps widen
Unconditional convergenceConditional convergence — Barro's two figures give opposite answers
Free market approachMarket-friendly approach — the third one admits market failure
ExogenousEndogenous — Solow's single change is making capital endogenous
CRTS in K and LDRTS in k — the same function has both
The wage not rising (Lewis phase 1) The wage bill not rising — the bill rises with employment while the wage stays flat
Headcount indexPoverty gap — how many versus how far below the line
APG (divide by N)AIS (divide by H) — whole population versus poor population
Kuznets ratioKuznets curve — a ratio at one point in time versus the inequality-income relationship
Lorenz curve crossingGini ranking — the curves can cross while the Gini still moves
S in Figure 6.7 (stable trap)T (unstable threshold) — stability is the arrows, not desirability
Population growth fallingPopulation falling — hidden momentum keeps the level rising after the rate turns
Urbanization economiesLocalization economies — general growth of the region versus growth of a particular sector
Urban biasFirst-city bias — cities versus everything rural, versus the largest city versus all other cities
Wage gapExpected wage gap — the first is positive at Z, the second is zero
Permanent urban unemploymentInformal employment — both are LUS − LM, but they are not the same labour-market status
Urbanisation rateShare of the population with an urban hukou — residence versus entitlement in China
Primacy ratioCity size — a relative measure can be high in a poor country and low in a rich one
6

Your Progress

stored in this browser only

Progress is saved under the key de-progress-v1 in this browser's local storage. Clearing site data, switching browsers, or opening the file on a different machine starts from zero. The reset button above clears everything at once; each chapter's self-check block also has its own reset.